P. 1
105_BB_ConfigGuide_EN_BR

105_BB_ConfigGuide_EN_BR

|Views: 280|Likes:
Published by timetable2003

More info:

Published by: timetable2003 on Aug 18, 2011
Copyright:Attribution Non-commercial

Availability:

Read on Scribd mobile: iPhone, iPad and Android.
download as DOCX, PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
See more
See less

03/18/2013

pdf

text

original

Sections

  • Sales and Distribution
  • 1 Purpose
  • 2 Preparation
  • 2.1 Prerequisites
  • 3 Configuration
  • 3.1 Order Sheduling
  • 3.1.1 Defining Floats (Sheduling argin Key)
  • 3.2 SD Business Partner Configuration
  • 3.2.1 Customer Control
  • 3.2.1.2 Defining Customer Aount Group for DUMMY
  • 3.2.1.3 Partner Determination Proedure Assignment
  • 3.2.2 Customer Master Data
  • 3.2.2.1 Defining Legal Statuses
  • 3.2.2.2 Defining Customer Groups
  • 3.2.2.3 Defining Sales Distrits
  • 3.2.3 Customer Hierarhies
  • 3.2.3.1 Assigning Sales Areas to Customer Hierarhy Types
  • 3.2.3.2 Allowed Aount Group Assignments for Customer
  • 3.3.1 LE: Shipment Cost
  • 3.3.1.1 Defining and Assigning Shipping Type Proedure
  • 3.3.1.2 Assigning Purhasing Data
  • 3.3.2 LE: Routes
  • 3.3.2.1 Defining Shipping Types
  • 3.3.2.2 Assigning Transportation Zone to Shipping Point
  • 3.3.3 LE: Pakaging
  • 3.3.3.1 Defining Pakaging Material Types
  • 3.3.3.2 Defining Material Group for Pakaging Materials
  • 3.3.3.3 Defining Allowed Pakaging Materials
  • 3.3.3.4 Assign Shipping Points
  • Choose Save and then choose Back
  • 3.3.4 LE: Delieries
  • 3.3.4.1 Defining Deliery Types
  • 3.4.2 Defining Aess Sequenes
  • 3.4.3 Condition Types
  • 3.4.4 Defining and Assigning Priing Proedure
  • 3.4.5 Defining Priing Proedure Determination
  • 3.5 Aount Determination
  • 3.5.1 Materials: Aount Assignment Group
  • 3.5.2 Customers: Aount Assignment Group
  • 3.5.3 Defining Aount Determination Proedure
  • 3.5.4 Default Values for Aount Group for Customer Creation
  • 3.6 Assi ning G/L Accounts
  • 3.6.1 Cash Aount Determination
  • 3.7.2 Defining Material Blok for Other Users
  • 3.7.4 Carrying Out Control for Aailability Chek
  • 3.7.10 Defining Flow Aording to Requirement Category
  • 3.8 Output Control
  • 3.8.1 Maintaining Output Proedure
  • 3.9 Output Control ± Sales Douments
  • 3.9.1 Maintaining Output Types: Output Types
  • 3.9.2 Maintaining Output Types: Message Types
  • 3.10 Output Control ± Shipping
  • 3.10.1 Maintaining Output Types
  • 3.10.2 Assigning Output Determination Proedures
  • 3.10.3 Maintaining Output Types - Partner Funtion
  • 3.11 Output Control ± Billing
  • 3.11.1 Maintaining Output Types
  • 3.11.2 Assigning Output Determination Proedures
  • 3.11.3 SD Output Determination - Billing Partner Funtions
  • 3.12 Defining Print Parameters
  • 3.12.1 Defining Print Parameters Sales Organization
  • 3.12.2 Defining Print Parameters Shipping
  • 3.13 Output Control ± Piking SD
  • 3.13.1 Output Determination for Piking List
  • 3.15 Defining Item Category Groups
  • 3.18 Sales Order Processing I
  • 3.18.2 Defining Sales Doument Types
  • 3.18.3 Sales Organi ations - Assigning Order Type
  • Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Atribuir área de vendas a
  • 3.18.4 Diisions by Sales Org - Assign Order Type
  • 3.18.5 Distribution by Sales Org - Assign Order Type
  • 3.18.6 Assigning Sales Area to Sales Doument Types
  • 3.18.7 Assigning Sales Area to redit ontrol Area
  • 3.18.9 efining Incompleteness Procedures
  • 3.18.10 Assigning Incompleteness Procedures
  • 3.18.1 Assigning Material Determination Procedures to Sales
  • 3.19 Down Payment onfiguration
  • 3.19. Date category
  • 3.19.3 Defining and Assigning Item Category YBAO
  • 3. 0 Defining Item Categories for Deliveries
  • 3. 1 Assigning Item Categories
  • 3. Copying Control Sales Document to Billing
  • doc.faturamento
  • 3. 3 Specifying Copy Controls for Deliveries
  • 3. 4 Determination of requirement types using
  • 3.24.1 Defining Deliery Item Category
  • 3.24.2 Defining and Assigning Text Determination
  • 3. 5 SIS Configuration
  • 3. 5. .1 Activate SIS Info Structures
  • 3.26 LE Output Control
  • 3. 7 Sales Order Processing II
  • 3. 7.1 Maintaining Copy Control for Sales Documents QT
  • 3. 7.3 Defining Item Categories
  • 3. 7.5 Maintaining Item Category Assign Text Determination
  • 3.27.6 Assigning Inompleteness Proedures
  • 1.4 PREPARE SD BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION (O035)
  • 3.27.8 SD BILLING
  • 3.27.8.1 Billing: Doument Types
  • 3.27.9 SD SALES DOCUMENTS
  • 3.27.9.1 Incompletion Log
  • 3.27.9.2 Maintain Sales Order Types
  • 3.27.9.3 Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types (BR)
  • 3.27.9.4 Assign Price Procedure to Billing type
  • 3.27.9.5 Assign Incompletion Procedures For Sales Document
  • 3.27.10 SD SALES DOCUMENT ITEM CATEGORIES
  • 3.27.10.1 Define Item Categories for sales order
  • 3.27.10.2 Assign Item categories
  • 3.27.10.3 Define Item Categories for Deliery
  • 3.27.10.4 Defining Item Category Determination in Delieries
  • 3.27.10.5 Assign Schedule Line
  • 3.27.11 SD LOCALIZATION BRAZIL ASSIGN NF
  • 3.27.11.1 Assign Nota Fiscal to Sales Order
  • 3.27.11.2 Maintain Sales Document Item Category
  • 3.27.11.3 Maintain Billing Types
  • 3.27.11.4 Maintain Billing Document Item Category
  • 3.27.11.5 Maintain Automatic Nota Fiscal Texts
  • 3.27.11.6 Define Brazilian Tax Regions and Assign to
  • 3.27.12 SD Copy control for documents
  • 3.27.12.1 Maintain Copy Control Billing to Sales Document
  • 3.27.12.2 Maintain Copy Control Sales Document to Deliery
  • 3.27.12.3 Maintain Copy Control Sales Document to Billing
  • 3.27.12.4 Maintain Copy Control Deliery to Billing
  • 3.27.12.5 Maintain Copy Control Sales Doc. to Sales Doc
  • 3.28 SD TAXBRA ± Localization Brazil
  • 3.28.1 SD TAXBRA - LOCALIZATION BRAZIL - PART 1
  • 3.28.1.1 Field Catalog
  • 3.28.1.2 Define Sequence for SD Tax Code Determination
  • 3.28.1.3 Define Customer Groups for SubTrib Calculation
  • 3.28.1.4 Define Access Sequences
  • 3.28.2 SD TAXBRA - LOCALIZATION BRAZIL - PART 2
  • 3.28.2.1 Define And Assign Pricing Procedure
  • 3.28.2.2 Define Condition Types
  • 3.28.3 SD TAXBRA - LOCALIZATION BRAZIL - PART 3
  • 3.28.3.1 Assign Condition Types to Internal Codes for Tax
  • 3.28.3.2 Assign Condition Tables to Tax Tables
  • 3.28.3.3 Assign Condition Type to ithholding Tax Type
  • 3.28.3.4 Tax Codes SD
  • 3.28.3.5 Tax Codes MM/FI
  • 3.28.3.6 Define Official Collection Codes
  • 3.28.3.7 Map SD Tax Values to Nota Fiscal Fields
  • 3.28.3.8 Special Conditions for Pricing
  • 3.28.3.9 Define Sequence for Tax Law Determination
  • 3.28.4 SALES DOCUMENTS BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION
  • 3.28.4.1 Assign Output Determination Procedures
  • 3.28.4.2 Define and Assign Account Keys
  • 3.28.4.3 Assign Document Procedure for Product Proposal to
  • Assign Document Procedure for Product Proposal to Sales
  • 3.28.4.4 Define Industry Sector for Customers
  • 3.28.4.5 Define Shipping Conditions by Sales Document Type
  • 3.28.5 Pricing Procedures: Determination in Sales Docs
  • 3.28.6 Calculation Procedures for CBT Calculation
  • 3.28.7 Assign Business Area to Plant/Valuation Area and
  • 3.28.8 Define Wich Taxes are included in SD Price
  • 3.28.9 Assign Nota Fiscal to Sales Order
  • 3.28.10 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS
  • 3.28.10.1 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS
  • 3.28.10.2 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS
  • 3.29 MANUAL ACTIVITIES
  • 3.29.1 Actiation of Tax Codes
  • 3.29.2 Maintain Specific Tax Type ICMO
  • 4 MASTER DATA
  • 3.1.1 Create Output Tax Record (IBRX)
  • 3.1.2 Create Initial Tax Rates 100%
  • 3.1.3 Create Initial Base Rates 100%
  • 3.1.4 Create Initial Base Rates 100%
  • 3.1.5 Nota Fiscal Condition Records
  • 3.1.6 Create Initial PIS Tax Rate
  • 3.1.7 Create Initial COFINS Tax Rate
  • 5 BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION
  • 5.1 Nota Fiscal Electronic (NF-e)
  • 3.1.1 Purpose
  • 3.1.2 Preparation
  • 3.2.1 Define Forms - NF-e
  • 3.2.2 Define Number Groups - NF-e
  • 3.2.3 Condition types for Output Determination ±NF-e
  • 3.2.4 Maintain Number Ranges for NF-e
  • 3.2.5 Assign Numbering and Printing Parameters ± NF-e
  • 3. .6 Output Determination Procedure
  • 3.2.7 Create Condition Record - NF-e
  • 3.2.8 Define Nota Fiscal Types
  • 3.2.9 Define NF Type Redetermination for Goods Moements
  • 3.2.10 Defining Business Places
  • 3.2.11 Defining NF Type Redetermination per Business
  • 3.2.12 Assign XML Version to Region
  • 3.2.13 Defining SEFAZ Status Codes
  • 3.2.14 Defining Cancellation Reasons
  • 3.2.15 Defining IPI Tax Situations
  • 3.2.16 Defining PIS Tax Situations
  • 3.2.17 Defining COFINS Tax Situations
  • 3. .18 Defining IPI Tax Laws
  • 3.2.19 Defining PIS Tax Laws
  • 3.2.20 Defining COFINS Tax Laws
  • 3.2.21 Maintain Tax Law PIS/COFINS
  • 3.2.22 Maintain Tax Law PIS/COFINS SD
  • 3.2.23 Defining Screen Control Groups
  • 3.2.24 Assigning Screen Control Group
  • 3.2.25 CBT: Mapping of SubTrip Base Reduction
  • 5. . 5.3 Create New Internal Codes
  • 3.2.26 Defining Tax Jurisdiction Codes
  • 3.2.27 Assigning Postal Codes to Tax Jurisdiction Codes
  • 6 Appendix

EHP4 for SAP ERP 6.

0 March 2010 English

Sales and Distribution (105)
Building Block Configuration Guide

SAP AG Dietmar-Hopp-Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany

SAP Best Practices

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide

Copyright
© Copyright 2008 SAP AG. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG. The information contained herein may be changed without prior notice. Some software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of other software vendors. Microsoft, Windows, Excel, Outlook, and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. IBM, DB2, DB2 Universal Database, OS/2, Parallel Sysplex, MVS/ESA, AIX, S/390, AS/400, OS/390, OS/400, iSeries, pSeries, xSeries, zSeries, System i, System i5, System p, System p5, System x, System z, System z9, z/OS, AFP, Intelligent Miner, WebSphere, Netfinity, Tivoli, Informix, i5/OS, POWER, POWER5, POWER5+, OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks or registered trademarks of IBM Corporation. Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, PostScript, and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation. UNIX, X/Open, OSF/1, and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open Group. Citrix, ICA, Program Neighborhood, MetaFrame, WinFrame, VideoFrame, and MultiWin are trademarks or registered trademarks of Citrix Systems, Inc. HTML, XML, XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3C , World Wide Web Consortium, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Java is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. JavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc., used under license for technology invented and implemented by Netscape. SAP, R/3, xApps, xApp, SAP NetWeaver, Duet, PartnerEdge, ByDesign, SAP Business ByDesign, and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in Germany and in several other countries all over the world. All other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their respective companies. Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only. National product specifications may vary. These materials are subject to change without notice. These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies ("SAP Group") for informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any kind, and SAP Group shall not be liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP Group products and services are those that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty.
®

© SAP AG

Page 2 of 226

S P

P

i

S l

Ic

T
T

ic

v

S l

Example text EXA P E EX

Emphasi ed

ords or phrases in body text, titles of raphics and tables.

ames of elements in the system. hese include report names, program names, transaction codes, table names, and indi i dual ey ords of a programming language, hen surrounded by body text, for and I E. example, SE E Screen output. his includes file and directory names and their paths, messages, source code, names of ariables and parameters as ell as names of installation, upgrade and database tools. Keys on the eyboard, for example, function eys such as F2) or the ENTER ey. Exact user entry. hese are ords or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in the documentation. Variable user entry. Pointed brackets indicate that you replace these ords and characters i th appropriate entries.

<Example text>

%

SAP A

P

)((  ' ©$¨

v

Example text

s

r

v

u

r

EXAMPLE TEXT

q

p

Example text

e

T

Example text

Words or ract rs t at appear on t e screen. ese incl de field names, screen titles, pushbuttons as ell as menu names, paths and options. ross-references to other documentation.

d

Y

PS

U P

X

b

hgafc

P R

5¨ B  ¨©66A©@

i bf a

X W

QP I 10 ED H G2F

7 9  © 8

t

V

X c

v

b b a `

2 CE 2D C

10

Ic

M

i

ti

E

l

t

i

ti

S

t

i
ci i

© %  ¨$ # "!        ¨ © ¨
i ti ti : fi ti i f

© 76¨5  ¨# 41 1 32

£¢§ ¤§¦¥ ¤£¢¡  

&

SAP Best Practices

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide

Content
Sales and Distribution ................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 11 1 Purpose ................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 11 2 Preparation ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 11 2.1 Prerequisites ................................ ................................ ................................ .............. 11 3 Configuration................................ ................................ ................................ ... 11 3.1 Order Scheduling ................................ ................................ ............................ 11 3.1.1 Defining Floats (Scheduling Margin Key) ................................ ............................... 11 3.2 SD Business Partner Configuration ................................ ................................ . 12 3.2.1 Customer Control ................................ ................................ ................................ ..12 3.2.1.1 Setting Up Partner Determination: Account Groups - Function Assignment . 12 3.2.1.2 Defining Customer Account Group for DUMMY Customer........................... 13 3.2.1.3 Partner Determination Procedure Assignment................................ ............. 17 3.2.2 Customer Master Data ................................ ................................ .......................... 18 3.2.2.1 Defining Legal Statuses ................................ ................................ .............. 18 3.2.2.2 Defining Customer Groups................................ ................................ .......... 18 3.2.2.3 Defining Sales Districts ................................ ................................ ............... 19 3.2.3 Customer Hierarchies................................ ................................ ............................ 20 3.2.3.1 Assigning Sales Areas to Customer Hierarchy Types ................................ .. 20 3.2.3.2 Allowed Account Group Assignments for Customer Hierarchies .................. 20 3.3 Logistics Execution................................ ................................ .......................... 21 3.3.1 LE: Shipment Cost ................................ ................................ ................................ 21 3.3.1.1 Defining and Assigning Shipping Type Procedure Group ............................ 21 3.3.1.2 Assigning Purchasing Data ................................ ................................ ......... 22 3.3.2 LE: Routes ................................ ................................ ................................ ............22 3.3.2.1 Defining Shipping Types ................................ ................................ ............. 22 3.3.2.2 Assigning Transportation Zone to Shipping Point ................................ ........ 23 3.3.3 LE: Packaging ................................ ................................ ................................ .......23 3.3.3.1 Defining Packaging Material Types ................................ ............................. 23 3.3.3.2 Defining Material Group for Packaging Materials................................ ......... 24 3.3.3.3 Defining Allowed Packaging Materials................................ ......................... 25 3.3.3.4 Assign Shipping Points ................................ ................................ ............... 27 Choose Save and then choose Back................................. ................................ .................. 28 3.3.4 LE: Deliveries ................................ ................................ ................................ ........28 3.3.4.1 Defining Delivery Types ................................ ................................ .............. 28 3.3.4.2 Assignment of List Profile to Delivery Scenario ................................ ........... 30 3.4 Pricing ................................ ................................ ................................ ............. 30 3.4.1 Defining Condition Tables................................ ................................ ...................... 30 Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Deter inação do reço Controle da deter inação de reço Definir tabelas de condições ................................ .............. 30 3.4.2 Defining Access Sequences ................................ ................................ .................. 31 Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Deter inação do reço Controle da deter inação de reço Definir seqüências de acesso................................ ............. 31 3.4.3 Condition Types ................................ ................................ ................................ ....31 Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Deter inação do reço Controle da deter inação de reço Definir tipos de condição ................................ .................... 32 3.4.4 Defining and Assigning Pricing Procedure ................................ ............................. 32

© SAP AG

x € ‚

w y 

x € ‚

w y 

Page 4 of 226

13 Output Control ± Picking SD ............ ......5.... ...Partner Function ................ 36 3....5 Defining Pricing Procedure Determination ......3 Availability Check: Defining Checking Groups Default Value ...1 Materials: Account Assignment Group ............... 58 3.................................... ...............................9..........................59 © SAP AG ƒ ƒ Page 5 of 226 .........5.............. 55 3........................... .......... 59 3.....................4 Default Values for Account Group for Customer Creation .....7.................................8...... 44 3..................7.......2 Customers: Account Assignment Group ....................11......7...................... . ....4............................ 54 3..................... ......... ................. ................2 Assigning Output Determination Procedures............... . 36 YCF .........................7............... ...................................46 3....................13................................... 49 3.....6 Defining Document Pricing Procedure ........... 46 3......... ...................................... .1 Maintaining Output Types .......... ... ........... .. 54 3........... .. 36 Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Class.............. ......3 Defining Account Determination Procedure ................................... 36 Cofins Provision ....................... . .................................. ......................................................... 34 3.............................................................10 Output Control ± Shipping .....................49 3..........35 3.......1 Maintaining Output Types .5 Availability Check against Product Allocation: Maintaining Procedure ........ ...11 Output Control ± Billing ............10 Defining Flow According to Requirement Category ...2 Defining Material Block for Other Users .......3 SD Output Determination ....................................... .................12 Defining Print Parameters............. .......11.1 Maintaining Output Types: Output Types ...5 Defining Account Keys . ..1 Maintaining Output Procedure ......34 3...................... 51 3....... 34 3... ........ ... 51 3...................................... .................... .........5........................................... ..4....................1 Output Determination for Picking List .............. .................................................... ........ 47 3....................33 Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação do preço Controle da determinação de preço Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo ..........................7 Availability Check against Product Allocation: Specifying Hierarchy ...................... ..........................2 Defining Print Parameters Shipping .8 Output Control .7.........10...........................7........12..............Billing Partner Functions ..........................7......... 33 3....7 Availability Check ...................................11.....5.........1 Availability Check: Define Checking Groups ..................................................2 Assigning Output Determination Procedures..... .............. 58 3........................................................ 52 3. ........................... 33 3....................................................4 Carrying Out Control for Availability Check ........................................6 Availability Check against Product Allocation: Defining Object ............ 33 Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação do preço Controle da determinação de preço Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo ..... ............5 Account Determination .. 51 3........................ ........................................................................ .........9 Availability Check against Product Allocation: Controlling Product Allocation ......7..... ................... ...........1 Defining Print Parameters Sales Organization ......... .45 3.......................................................8 Availability Check against Product Allocation: Defining Consumption Periods ...........................2 Maintaining Output Types: Message Types . .......... ...............6 Assigning G/L Accounts ..................................................................5.... ................ 44 3. ....................contábil/cálculo de custos Determinação da conta de receita Definir e atribuir chave de conta ...................... ...59 3........................... ...................................... ......... 56 3....7.. ................ ........................ .50 3............ .............7.....9 Output Control ± Sales Documents........... 55 3......... 35 3.......... 52 3....................9..... 56 3.............10.... .................3 Maintaining Output Types ...... ...................... 57 3...........12...10. 48 3..... 32 3.................... 53 3......... 36 3............ ..................................... ..........................SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Deter inação do preço Controle da deter inação de preço Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo .1 Cash Account Determination ............. 57 3. .6... ........... 44 3............ ..................... ..................................................................................................................

18.......... 66 Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas ............... .... 63 3..22 Copying Control: Sales Document to Billing Document ....... 75 Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Documentos de faturamento Atualizar controle de cópia para docs...................................Assigning Order Type.................. 64 3................... .....................18............. ..............................................7 Assigning Sales Area to Credit Control Area ................................ .................. .....................................2 Defining Sales Document Types.................2 Maintaining Print Parameter for SD Picking .................. 72 3..............................18.......21 Assigning Item Categories .. 76 Logistics E ecution E pedição Controle de cópia Determinar controle de cópia para fornecimentos ...vendas doc......................... 69 3................ .........................19 Down Payment Configuration .................. .............................................. ....... ............................................................61 3.................................. ...... ...........18..18.. ..........................3 Sales Organizations .......... 66 3............................................3 Defining and Assigning Item Category YBAO ........................ ..................23 Specifying Copy Controls for Deliveries ............... ...6 Assigning Sales Area to Sales Document Types.................... ...................................faturamento ................. ..................... ....... 72 Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Programa de faturamento Definir tipo de programa de faturamento .......................1 Defining Number Ranges for Sales Documents ..4 Divisions by Sales Org ................. .. . ............. ............................................................................... ..... .........18..........18.........14.......................................18.17 Changing controllable error messages shipping processing..70 Logistics E ecution E pedição Bases Controle de dados incompletos para fornecimentos Atribuir esquemas de dados incompletos .......1 Defining Billing Plan Types ......18......... 61 3. ...........................2 Date category.............................. ........................14............2 Maintaining Procedure Determination Online for Product Proposal ... ............ ...faturamento Controle de cópia: doc..................... ................ ..... 74 3.........................................70 Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Dados incompletos Definir esquemas de dados incompletos ..........73 3... 67 3...... 73 3.... 64 3..18 Sales Order Processing I .......18.................................... .................................. 68 3...................62 3.........13.............. ........... .................. 76 © SAP AG „ … „ … Page 6 of 226 ......... .... .9 Defining Incompleteness Procedures.............................. 70 3... 62 3...... 60 3.. 64 3............................... .......3 Assigning Document Procedure to Sales Document Type.......14........ .... ..... ..............19.....................12 Assigning Material Determination Procedures to Sales Document Types ....65 3........................10 Assigning Incompleteness Procedures ........ 72 Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação de material Atribuir esquemas aos tipos de doc..... 73 Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Item do documento de vendas Definir categorias de item ...............15 Defining Item Category Groups .......SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3..69 3............ ..... 72 3................... 75 3. ......... 72 3............................... .............Assign Order Type ................16 Determining Active Receivables per Item Category........11 Defining and Assigning Text Determination Procedures...... 67 3.......................................................................................................................................1 Maintaining Procedure Determination in Background for Product Proposal ........................ ........................................... ..... 61 3....... 67 Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas .........................19........ ....Assign Order Type ............. ...14 Product Specific Settings ......... ........................8 Defining Relevant Item Categories ................................ 71 3...................20 Defining Item Categories for Deliveries ............18............................................... .....vendas.............. ....19. .......71 3..........18..... ................. 75 3........................................... 67 Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas ......................... ............................ ..5 Distribution by Sales Org .... ........

..................... ... ...... ........... ................. .4 Assign Price Procedure to Billing type.........27................................ ......... 85 3.2 Maintain Sales Order Types ................................. 87 3...................... 105 3.........................10............................1 Define Item Categories for sales order .......necessidades Determinação do tipo de necessidade através da operação..... ......25. 102 3..................... 105 3....... ......27.... 90 3.....27...27.... ............90 3.......26...................24 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Determination of requirement types using transaction ...................27............... ........24. 80 3.... .......................5 Assign Incompletion Procedures For Sales Document Type ............ 104 3.. 96 3........................ ..................1 Activate SIS Info Structures ............................................. .....1 Maintaining output determination procedures for outbound deliveries.... 86 3..24..5 Maintaining Item Category Assign Text Determination Procedure ................ .............. ..................................... 83 3.......1 Vendas e distribuição p Funções básicas p Controle de texto p Definir e atribuir esquemas de texto ...........................1 Maintaining Copy Control for Sales Documents (QT) ............................ 81 3........... .............. 82 3........................... ................. ..9............................................................................. .. ....10.......27....... 82 3.................................1 Vendas e distribuição pFunções básicas pControle de texto p Definir e atribuir esquemas de texto . ...... 111 © SAP AG † ‡ † ‡ Page 7 of 226 ............. 79 3.. 93 3....... 110 3................................................ ........27..... 103 3........... ................... ...... .......9............................... ......27...........2 Assign Item categories .............................27..................... 85 3......27....9................ .3 Define Item Categories for Delivery ................... .. ..... 77 Logistics E ecution E pedição Bases Transf........4 PREPARE SD BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION (O035) ... .......27....................... .27..25.......................9................................ 85 Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Item do documento de vendas Definir categorias de item ....... .................78 Logistics E ecution E pedição Fornecimentos Definir tipos de item para fornecimentos ..................25. .......... 79 3.....................................3 Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types (BR) ........9.............................................................5.......... ....................4 Setting up Partner Determination Procedure Assignment for Item categories .....1 Incompletion Log ...9 SD SALES DOCUMENTS ............................................ ... 82 3.. .................. 88 1... 93 3.......... 88 3.... ........................................................... 90 3.......................................................... 79 3................86 Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação de parceiro Definir determinação do parceiro....... 83 3.......... ..27............Control ....10 SD SALES DOCUMENT ITEM CATEGORIES .........27.....................2..... ........................................10....SAP Best Practices 3....................27.. .......................... .2 Assigning Item Categories ...... ..........................................2 SIS Item Configuration ........... ......................................27 Sales Order Processing II ..2.................1 SIS Header Configuration....78 3.... ........ .. 79 Logística geral Sistema de informação para logística (SIL) Logistics Data Warehouse Controle da atualização Configurações Vendas Grupo de atualização Atribuir grupo de atualização a nível de cabeçalho............................... ...6 Assigning Incompleteness Procedures .......... ..... ...3 Defining Item Categories ....................... ..................................... 78 3. ............ ................... .........26 LE Output Control........27................................................. ........................24................................. .......27.............8..................... 77 3............. ...88 Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Dados incompletos Atribuir esquemas de dados incompletos ..................................7 Maintaining Copying Control Delivery Document to Billing Document ..............27.................. 85 Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Item do documento de vendas Definir categorias de item ...... ....1 Billing: Document Types ..8 SD BILLING ..................................................................27........................................................ ................27......2 Maintaining Output Determination Procedure for Shipping Units ................ .......................... 87 3..................25 SIS Configuration ...............2 Defining and Assigning Text Determination Procedures......... .............. ......................................26..1 Defining Delivery Item Category ................

.....5 Tax Codes MM/FI .......27.......27...1 Assign Output Determination Procedures ...... .........28... 113 3.12............2.... 130 3...PART 3 ...6 Calculation Procedures for CBT Calculation .........28....................6 Define Official Collection Codes ........3............. ........10......LOCALIZATION BRAZIL .... 166 3................................4 Defining Item Category Determination in Deliveries.......5 Pricing Procedures: Determination in Sales Docs.............27............... ....28.................. .................................. to Sales Doc..............................1...............................28.................28..5 Maintain Copy Control Sales Doc........4....28......................28........2 Maintain Copy Control Sales Document to Delivery ................................. ........ 121 3.....28.... . 175 3........28.10. .....................11 SD LOCALIZATION BRAZIL ASSIGN NF ....................... 171 3.... 164 3................ 125 3.....27...28.................. 168 3.................. ......27............. .......9 Assign Nota Fiscal to Sales Order ..... 167 3...11......7 Map SD Tax Values to Nota Fiscal Fields .................. 173 3. Regions....................4 Maintain Copy Control Delivery to Billing...................174 3.....3.3.......... 133 3............... 115 3.........28........28.. 161 3..... 136 3....1.................27.......2.3 Maintain Billing Types ..... ...... 146 3.. ........173 3............ . .......... 169 3..28...........10...........4...Customer ....4.......3........... ........ 116 3......... ...3 Maintain Copy Control Sales Document to Billing.. 160 3.......2 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS ........... 162 3......................... .............. 152 3... .....11........7 Assign Business Area to Plant/Valuation Area and Division .. .... .......... 121 3....28.........................................8 Special Conditions for Pricing ........................10.......................27... . .............8 Define Wich Taxes are included in SD Price Conditions. ....3............................................................ . 115 3..... .............28.......1 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS .................. ................. 138 3........28....... 113 3......... .......... ......2 Define Condition Types .................PART 1 ............... 157 3........2 Define and Assign Account Keys ...........27.... ..................28.... ..28.28......175 3..........................2 Maintain Sales Document Item Category ... .......10 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS .. ......5 Maintain Automatic Nota Fiscal Texts .........27.1.....11..28....5 Define Shipping Conditions by Sales Document Type ...............................1 Assign Nota Fiscal to Sales Order ...1 SD TAXBRA . ...... 170 3........... 137 3.......2 Assign Condition Tables to Tax Tables ...................Material ..28....... 168 3..........12 SD Copy control for documents .............. ................4 Define Access Sequences ..2 SD TAXBRA ...28..6 Define Brazilian Tax Regions and Assign to Geograph............................ ..28.......... .. ..................... 133 3....1 Define And Assign Pricing Procedure ...28.. 165 3......28...............11...........4........................ 118 3................................. 176 © SAP AG Page 8 of 226 ...28.....4.............3............... 132 3..................... ...3 Assign Document Procedure for Product Proposal to Sales Document ........ 157 3........ 128 3...........3 Define Customer Groups for SubTrib Calculation...............................28 SD TAXBRA ± Localization Brazil ...... ... 117 3...........11.1 Maintain Copy Control Billing to Sales Document.......................................4 SALES DOCUMENTS BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION ..................27.......... .............3 Assign Condition Type to Withholding Tax Type .....SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3....................... 119 3....................28..........4 Maintain Billing Document Item Category............1...1 Assign Condition Types to Internal Codes for Tax Conditions ..........3 SD TAXBRA .2 Define Sequence for SD Tax Code Determination .............28..28...LOCALIZATION BRAZIL .....4 Define Industry Sector for Customers ...12................12............. 133 3........... 172 3........ .......... 170 3.................9 Define Sequence for Tax Law Determination ....11.....27............................168 3..........................................12..LOCALIZATION BRAZIL ...3.PART 2 .28................28.............. 146 3......4 Tax Codes SD ........12....... ............... ..... ....... .3.......27...28... ........ ...27..........175 3.... ....121 3........ ............................ ........3.................27.......................................... ...........5 Assign Schedule Line .........27..... .....1 Field Catalog ...........

........17 Defining COFINS Tax Situations......... ....................................... ................................ 223 5.....1.......... 188 3.................... ...........................................1... ................1......... 183 3.............. ..............................................183 5............. .12 Assign XML Version to Region ............................................................6 Output Determination Procedure ...........................2................. . 223 5..... .......................................204 3.................................1 Condition types for Nota Fiscal Parallel Process (Optional) ................... .................. ............... .....2............. ............ ...................2.... 195 3.................2.............................................20 Defining COFINS Tax Laws ............2............219 3.......................................................................1.1 3.......... ..............NF-e .. ........................... ...... .....197 3...... ...............1........4 Create Initial Base Rates 100% ....196 3...... ............... .......225 3...29.................... ........10 Defining Business Places . ................ .... .... ..........2 Preparation ....2..7 Create Initial COFINS Tax Rate ...........24 Assigning Screen Control Group.........................3 Create New Internal Codes...........................2..................2....................1 Nota Fiscal Electronic (NF-e)................. ........... ...................... ...........................2........ .................... .......... ..... ..5 Assign Numbering and Printing Parameters ± NF-e ..... ............. ......2...........2 Maintain Calculation Procedure TAXBRA / YVABRA .... ......... ......18 Defining IPI Tax Laws...2 Create Initial Tax Rates 100% . 181 3........................................................25..... ........2..... 184 5...................9 Define NF Type Redetermination for Goods Movements .. ............... ............................................................29 3.. .............194 3........................3.. 206 3....... ..........3 Condition types for Output Determination ±NF-e ...........................................195 3........... ..........................................2. 208 3....2..... .............. .. .....................................183 3......1 Define Forms ...... 185 3...... ........25....... ........2...... ................................29..... ...... ............2............1.................................................2 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide MANUAL ACTIVITIES .... ....................................2.................................. ..... ......................................... ............. ..................1..15 Defining IPI Tax Situations ........180 3...................................................2 Prerequisites . .... ....27 Assigning Postal Codes to Tax Jurisdiction Codes.............. ......... .........2.....25..................186 3.... ...218 3................................................................ 183 5............................11 Defining NF Type Redetermination per Business Place ..16 Defining PIS Tax Situations ...8 Define Nota Fiscal Types...........22 Maintain Tax Law PIS/COFINS SD ........... ........................................ .2..........1..........................................1 Create Output Tax Record (IBRX) ......................................2............222 3...178 3.......... .......................23 Defining Screen Control Groups .....2 Define Number Groups ............. ...........2............... .180 3...... .....181 5 BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION ............2.7 Create Condition Record .......................2....... .......................2..........................220 3.. ...................3 Create Initial Base Rates 100% ........................188 3............................................................................ . .2......13 Defining SEFAZ Status Codes ................179 3................ 176 Activation of Tax Codes.....2............... ...............2.....14 Defining Cancellation Reasons ........... 225 © SAP AG Page 9 of 226 ...................... 214 3....................................25................. ....................... ........................................... 224 3..1 Create New Conditions for MM and SD .............................178 4 MASTER DATA ............. .................2.2.21 Maintain Tax Law PIS/COFINS ............................... 183 3.......................187 3.................... .........SAP Best Practices 3.............................5 Nota Fiscal Condition Records ................25 CBT: Mapping of SubTrip Base Reduction............26 Defining Tax Jurisdiction Codes . ...............................................................NF-e ............2...........1.... 178 3......................... 176 Maintain Specific Tax Type ICMO............186 3................................................................ ...NF-e .......... 223 5......1 Purpose ... 211 3.... ..2.....19 Defining PIS Tax Laws ...............179 3......................... ...................... .................. 183 3..6 Create Initial PIS Tax Rate ............ 205 3..................2.............. ....... .. ................ ...........4 Assing Internal Codes to Conditions .........4 Maintain Number Ranges for NF-e .207 3.............2............. .................. ............................... .............................. 183 3............................. 224 5.......

......................... ................. 226 © SAP AG Page 10 of 226 ....................................................... ... ....SAP Best Practices 3....... ........................ ........... 225 Appendix ...............2..28 6 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Contingency Rules for Plant .......................

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. see the Building Block Prerequisite Matrix for Baseline. 3. On the Change View ³Margins for scheduling´: Overview screen. The matrix (an Excel file) is linked on the solution's DVD/website in one of the following two locations: y y Content Library Site Map 3 Configuration 3. argin Key) Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. 2 Preparation 2. For more information. If you do not want to configure manually and prefer an automated installation process using the SAP Best Practices Installation Assistant and other tools.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales and Distribution 1 Purpose This configuration guide provides the information you need to set up the configuration of this building block manually. you must install prerequisite building blocks. © SAP AG   ‰ ˆ ˆ I G enu Production p Shop Floor Control p Operations p Scheduling p Define Scheduling Margin Key Produção Controle de produção Definir chave de horizonte SPRO Operações Programação Opening Period Float After Produ tion Float Before Produ tion Release Period 000 005 000 005 Page 11 of 226 .1 Order S heduling 3.1 Prerequisites Before you start installing this building block. choose New Entries. Choose Save.1 Defining Floats (S heduling Use The purpose of this step is to define the scheduling margin key. Make the following entries: Plant 1000 1000 1100 1100 Key 000 001 000 001 Name 1 Centro 1 Centro 1 Centro 2 Centro 2 000 010 000 010 000 001 000 001 000 002 000 002 4. refer to the SAP Best Practices Quick Guide.1.

2 SD Business Partner Configuration 3. double-click Account Groups ± Function Assignment. Choose New Entries.1. double-click Set Up Partner Determination for Customer Master. In the Account Groups ± Function Assignment table. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Partner Determination p Set up Partner Determination Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação de parceiro Definir determinação do parceiro SM34 (customizing object VC_TPAR_KU) 2. enter the following data: 1B 1C 1D 1D AA SP AW BP BP PY PY SB SO SH SH SP SP YB01 YB01 YB01 0003 YB01 YB01 YB01 YB01 0003 YB01 0003 YB01 YB01 YB01 YBVC YBEC YBAC © SAP AG ’’ Partn. On the Change View ³Partner Determination Procedures´: Overview screen. 3. In the Choose Activity dialog box.Fun t ’ ‘ A ount Grp Page 12 of 226 .2. 4.1 Customer Control 3. ount Groups - Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.1 Setting Up Partner Determination: A Fun tion Assignment Use In this activity.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.2. 5. you define the rules that should be used to perform automatic partner determination.

Choose Save. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Logistics p General p Business Partner p Customers p Control p Define Account Groups and Field Selection for Customers Logística geral Parceiro de negócios Clientes Controle Definir grupos de contas e seleção de campos clientes OVT0 2.SAP Best Practices Partn.1. 3.2.Fun t BP PY SH BP PY SH SP BP PY SH 1B 1C 1D AA SP AW BP PY SB SO SH 6. choose New Entries. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries screen. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide A ount Grp YBEC YBEC YBEC YBAC YBAC YBAC YBPC YBPC YBPC YBPC YB03 YB03 YB03 YB03 YB03 YB03 YB03 YB03 YB03 YB03 YB03 3. then choose Back. make the following entries: © SAP AG ““ “ ” Page 13 of 226 . On the Change View ³Customer Account Groups´: Overview screen.2 Defining Customer A Customer Use ount Group for DUMMY This activity defines the customer account group for the DUMMY customer.

Name prefix. 2. Sex. Alternative place of residence. Academic title. Business Place. Search Term A. Tax categories. PO box country. academic title. Name at Birth. box without number. Entry Display N/A N/A Mark all optional N/A Reference account group (OTA). Regional structure grouping. Street 5. 5. P. Mark the rest optional N/A Values Req. Company postal code. PO Box Region. Undeliverable Street. N/A Mark the rest optional N/A Mobile Telephone N/A Mark the rest optional N/A Group Payment Transactions Suppress N/A © SAP AG • Page 14 of 226 . 2nd prefix. Buildings. Name Formatting. and expand the Field Status Group. Double-click the General Data text. Entry Opt. Entry Display Group Communication Suppress Req. Country for format. Entry Opt.proc. Undeliverable Postbox Name 1/Last name.SAP Best Practices Field Name Account Group Number range CentrTextDetPrc TextDetProc SD Cust.O. city. Initials. Name affix. Tax Type. Comments. On the Maintain Field Status Group: Overview screen. set the radio buttons in each group as follows: Field Name Group Address Suppress Search term B. Date of birth. Entry Display Group Control Suppress Req. Nickname.pric. Entry Display Group Marketing Suppress Req. Format name. Entry Opt. Entry Opt. Postal code. Marital status. Partner DetermProced Default SP Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User A tion and Values YBPC Dummy customer XX 01 01 1 AG Checked 4.

Entry Display N/A N/A Mark all optional N/A 6. Entry Opt. Entry Display Credit memo terms of payment. set the radio buttons in each group as follows: Field Name Values Group Account Management Suppress Req. Accts recble pledging ind. Entry Display Values N/A Mark all optional N/A Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Group Unloading points Suppress Req. Diff. Entry Opt. Select the Company code data text and then expand Field Status Group. Entry Opt. Entry N/A N/A © SAP AG Page 15 of 226 .SAP Best Practices Field Name Req. On the Maintain Field Status Group: Overview screen. Entry Opt. Entry Display Personnel number. Entry Opt. Gross income tax. Entry Display N/A N/A Mark all optional N/A Group Contact person Suppress Req. Payer in document. Value adjustment key N/A Mark the rest optional N/A Group Payment transactions Suppress Req. Entry Opt. 7. 8. Choose Save and then choose Back. Entry Display N/A N/A Mark all optional N/A Group Foreign Trade Suppress Req. N/A Mark the rest optional N/A Group Correspondence Suppress Req.

SAP Best Practices Field Name Opt. Entry Display Values Mark the rest optional N/A Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Group Insurance Suppress Req. Entry Display Group Billing Suppress Req. Entry Opt. w/h tax 2 N/A 9. Entry Display N/A N/A Mark all optional N/A Group W/holding tax data. Currency Mark the rest optional N/A Rail specifications N/A Mark the rest optional N/A Hedging and credit contr. Entry Display Group Partner usage Suppress Req. Entry Opt. Area Taxes and licenses Mark the rest optional N/A N/A N/A Mark all optional © SAP AG Page 16 of 226 . Withholding tax number. Select the Sales data text and then expand Field Status Group. w/h tax 2 Suppress Req. 11. Entry Opt. Entry Opt. On the Maintain Field Status Group: Overview screen.tax deduction. Entry Display Withholding tax code (2). Entry Display Group Shipping Suppress Req. set the radio buttons in each group as follows: Field Name Group Sales Suppress Req. Entry Opt. Entry Opt. 10. Entry Values N/A Pricing procedure. Withholding tax types N/A W/hold. Choose Save and then choose Back.

3. On the Partner Determination Procedures: Overview screen and choose Partner Determination Procedure Assignment: Overview. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.number assgnmnt) Sold-to party Demo (int.SAP Best Practices Field Name Display Group Documents Suppress Req.2. On the Partner Determination Procedure Assignment: Overview screen make the following assignments: YB01 YB02 YB03 YBAC YBEC YBOC Sold-to party Customer (ext. Choose Set Up Partner Determination for Customer Master.1.no. Entry Display N/A N/A Values N/A Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Mark all optional N/A 12.(ext. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Master Data p Business Partners p Customers p Customer Hierarchy p Set Partner Determination for Hierarchy Categories Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação de parceiro Definir determinação do parceiro SM34 (customizing object VC_TPAR_KU) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. 3. Choose Save and then choose Back.Numb.assgnmt) AG AG AG AG AG AG © SAP AG — — Group – Des ription Partner Determination Pro edure Name Sold-To Party Sold-To Party Sold-To Party Sold-To Party Sold-To Party Sold-To Party Page 17 of 226 .3 Partner Determination Pro edure Assignment Use This activity will assign the account groups to the partner determination procedure.) Affiliated Companies BP Export Customers BP One-time cust. 4. Entry Opt.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Master Data p Business Partners p Customers p Marketing p Define Legal Statuses Vendas e distribuição Dados mestre Parceiro negócios Clientes Marketing Definir tipo de sociedade OVR6 2. you define the customer groups to which a customer can belong. You specify the customer group for sales data in the customer master record for each sales area. Legal status 01 Ltd Inc Corp 3.1 Defining Legal Statuses Use This activity will define the possible business forms which a customer can have (for example.2.2. Choose Save and then choose Back. The SAP system copies this specification automatically into the sales documents at header and item level. You specify the business form in the general data of the customer master record as part of the marketing information (which specifies a business form for all sales areas).2 Customer Master Data 3. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. enter the following data: 01 06 07 10 4. On the Change View ³Legal Status (Customer Master):´ Overview screen. choose New Entries. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: © SAP AG d Legal Status Des ription ˜ ˜ Sold-To Party Ship-to party ™ Page 18 of 226 . 3. Here.2 Defining Customer Groups Use In this menu option. Choose Save and then choose Back.2.2. you will find the customer group on the detail screen for general business data. corporation or limited liability company).2.SAP Best Practices Group Des ription Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Partner Determination Pro edure AG WE Name YBPC YBVC Dummy customer Vendor_AT 5. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. 3.

enter the following data: 000001 000002 000003 000004 000005 Northern Brazil Southern Brazil Southeastern Brazil Northeastern Brazil Central West Brazil © SAP AG g Sales distri t g e f Distri t name Page 19 of 226 . On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. 3. You specify the sales districts for the sales data in the customer master record for each sales area. choose New Entries. On the Change View ³Customer groups´: Overview screen. you define the sales districts in which the customers' subsidiaries can be located.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 1. choose New Entries. Choose Save and then choose Back. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Master Data p Business Partners p Customers p Sales p Define Customer Groups Vendas e distribuição Dados mestre Parceiro negócios Clientes Venda Definir grupos de clientes OVS9 2.3 Defining Sales Distri ts Use In this menu option. Pro edure 1. Partly owned subsid. On the Change View ³Customers: Sales Districts´: Overview screen.2.2. enter the following data: Cgrp 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Name Industry Retail Wholly-owned subsid. Competition Public sector Private customer Wholesale 4. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Master Data p Business Partners p Customers p Sales p Define Sales Districts Vendas e distribuição Dados mestre Parceiro negócios Clientes Venda Definir região de vendas OVR0 2. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. 3. 3.

´: Overview screen. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Sales and Distribution p Master Data p Business Partners p Customers p Customer Hierarchy p Assign Sales Areas Vendas e distribuição Dados mestre Parceiro negócios Clientes Venda Atualizar campos de reserva no mestre de cliente OVH3 Transa tion Code 2. Grp Assign. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. On the Change view ³Allowed Acct. On the Change View ³Customer Hierarchy: Allowed Sales Area Assignments´: Overview screen. choose New Entries. make the following entries.3 Customer Hierar hies 3. Therefore. 3.2. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen.2. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.1 Assigning Sales Areas to Customer Hierar hy Types Use This activity will assign sales areas to each other. 1000 Distr. 3. For Cust. This will prevent the system assigning a ship-to party above a sold-to party.Chl 10 Di ision 10 HgL SlsOrg 1000 HLDstrCh 10 HgL Di is. Choose Save and then choose Back. Choose Save and then choose Back. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. CustType A Sales Org. 10 4. Hier.3. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.2. 3.SAP Best Practices 4.3. enter the following data: © SAP AG Page 20 of 226 i i i i h j . choose New Entries. both the valid account groups for each hierarchy type are defined and the higher-level account groups of the valid account groups. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Master Data p Business Partners p Customers p Customer Hierarchy p Assign Account Groups Vendas e distribuição Dados mestre Parceiro negócios Clientes Hierarquia clientes Atribuir grupos contas OVH2 2.2 Allowed A ount Group Assignments for Customer Hierar hies Use This activity will assign the possible higher-level account groups to the account groups permitted for each customer hierarchy type. which allows you to determine whether a sales area uses its own customer hierarchies or shares one with another sales area.

3.1. Double-click Define and assign shipping type procedure group.1 Defining and Assigning Shipping Type Pro edure Group Use This activity defines the pricing procedure. Choose Save and then choose Back.1 LE: Shipment Cost 3. Choose Save and then choose Back.3. Choose New Entries. © SAP AG n n Field Name Des ription User a tion and alues kk l t Gr o kk m Comment Page 21 of 226 .3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution p Transportation p Shipment Costs p Pricing p Pricing Control p Define and Assign Pricing Procedures Logistics Execution Transporte Custos de frete Determinação do preço Controle da determinação de preço Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo T_72 Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. 3. You also assign transactions to the pricing procedure transactions by defining the following dependencies for: Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.3 Logisti s Exe ution 3. and enter the following data: ShipTypGrp Description 0005 Air 4.SAP Best Practices CustHType A A A A A A A A A A A A A A t Group Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Hg L A 0012 0001 YB01 YB01 YB01 0012 0012 0003 YB02 YB02 YB02 YB02 YB01 0003 YB01 0003 YB02 0012 0003 0003 YB01 0012 0003 YB02 0012 0012 4.

Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.2 Assigning Pur hasing Data Use For settlement. 3.3. 7. Double-click Dialog Structure Assign shipping type procedure group. In the 05 Airplane row.1. The purchasing organizational units are needed for service procurement. 6. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Logistics Execution p Transportation p Shipment Costs p Settlement p Assign Purchasing Data Logistics Execution Transporte Atribuir dados de compras Custos de frete Liquidação SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVFP) 2. in the ShpTyp Grp row. enter 0005. 3.2 LE: Routes 3. Choose Save and then choose Back. Choose New Entries. you must assign the organizational units in the shipment to the relevant organizational units in purchasing. then maintain the following data: TPPt 1000 SCTy 0001 POrg 1000 PGr 100 Plnt 1000 3. then maintain the following data: 05 Airplane © SAP AG r PT p q SM30 (Customizing Object V_T173_COM) Des ription MdTr 05 StPG 0005 Page 22 of 226 .2. These settings are necessary for creating accruals.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 5.1 Defining Shipping Types Use In this activity. The accruals are posted using service entry sheets. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Choose Save and then choose Back. Choose New Entries.3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Routes p Define Routes p Define Shipping Types Vendas e distribuição de itinerários Funções básicas Itinerários Definição 2. you define the shipping types in combination with the mode of transport.3.

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.2.3. each shipping material is assigned to a shipping material type. inter al External Inter al u . Make the following entries: ShPt 1000 100R 1100 110R 3. Choose Save and then choose Back. Pro edure 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Logistics ± General p Handling Unit Management p Basics p Define Packaging Material Types Logística geral Administração de unidades comerciais Definir tipos de meios auxiliares de expedição VHAR Bases 2. Pa k. then maintain the following data: © SAP AG Page 23 of 226 v v u Pa kag. When you specify a shipping material type in the material master record. matl at.SAP Best Practices 3. Number assgnmt Int.1 Defining Pa kaging Material Types Use The packaging material type combines packaging materials into groups and contains essential control features which apply to the corresponding shipping materials. mat type u u s Ctry BR BR BR BR Zone BR00040000 BR00010000 BR00040000 BR00040000 t Output Det Pro Output Type Sort Plant determin. 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistic Execution Shipping Basic Shipping Functions Routes Route Determination Maintain Country and Transportation Zone For Shipping Point Logistics Execution Expedição Bases Itinerários Determinação de itinerários Atualizar país e zona de transporte para local de expedição SPRO / SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVST_RF) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2.3.3 LE: Pa kaging 3. Choose New Entries.3.3.2 Assigning Transportation Zone to Shipping Point Use In this step you assign the Transportation Zone to the Shipping Point. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Save your entries.

2 Defining Material Group for Pa kaging Materials Use In this menu option. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: © SAP AG Page 24 of 226 x x w w w w . 3. A A Pa k.3.SAP Best Practices Pa kag. you define material groupings packaging materials. The material grouping for packaging materials is entered in the material master record of the shipping material. inter al 01 01 02 External Inter al 0000 0000 000001 MALB 0000 A C B 01 02 000001 MALB 0000 B D B 01 02 0000 0000 B B A D B B 01 01 02 02 000001 000001 000001 MALB MALB MALB 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 B B A A A B C D C A A C B B B B B B 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 000001 000001 MALB MALB 0000 0000 0000 B B A C C B B B B 01 01 01 02 02 02 3. with which materials that are to be packed into similar packaging materials are grouped together. C C Number assgnmt B B Int. mat type YB09 Barrel YB10 Reefer box YB11 Reefer container YB12 ChepPallets 1/2 YB13 Tank lorry YB14 ChepPallets 1/4 YB15 Bottle 0001 Pallets 0002 Container 0003 Ship YB04 Truck YB05 Cardboard box YB06 Case YB07 Box YB08 Waggon 000001 MALB 000001 MALB Output Det Pro 000001 000001 Output Type MALB MALB Sort Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Plant determin. Choose Save and then choose Back.3. matl at.

General p Handling Unit Management p Basics p Define Allowed Packaging Materials Logística geral Administração de unidades comerciais Bases Determinar materiais de embalagem permitidos SM30 (Customizing Object V_TERVH) 2.3 Defining Allowed Pa kaging Materials Use When you pack materials or handling units. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Logistics . you define which shipping materials are allowed for packing.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Logistics ± General p Handling Unit Management p Basics p Define Material Group for Packaging Materials Logística geral Administração de unidades comerciais Bases Definir grupo de materiais p/meios auxiliares de expedição SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVEGR) 2.3. Choose New Entries and maintain the following data: Mat Grp PM PkgMtlType © SAP AG z GrPMt y { Des ription Page 25 of 226 . the system checks if the packaging materials for the handling unit (to which the items are to be packed) are allowed for packing. By assigning packaging material types to the material groups for packaging materials. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. By assigning shipping material types to material groups for shipping materials. then maintain the following data: YB01 YB02 YB03 YB04 YB05 YB06 YB07 YB08 YB09 YB10 YB12 YB14 Pallets Container Case Card Box Bulk goods Single parts Small packed part Loose liquid prod Reefer cargo Truck Chep-Pallets 1/2 Chep-Pallets 1/4 3.3. 3. you define which packaging materials are allowed for packing. Choose Save and then choose Back. Choose New Entries.

SAP Best Practices Mat Grp PM YB01 YB01 YB01 YB02 YB02 YB02 YB02 YB03 YB03 YB03 YB03 YB03 YB04 YB04 YB04 YB04 YB04 YB05 YB05 YB05 YB06 YB06 YB06 YB07 YB07 YB07 YB08 YB08 YB09 YB09 YB10 YB12 YB12 YB12 YB14 YB14 YB14 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide PkgMtlType 0001 YB04 YB08 0002 0003 YB04 YB08 0001 0002 YB04 YB06 YB08 0001 0002 YB04 YB05 YB08 0003 YB04 YB08 0002 YB06 YB07 YB05 YB06 YB07 YB09 YB15 YB10 YB11 YB04 YB04 YB08 YB12 YB04 YB08 YB14 © SAP AG Page 26 of 226 .

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.3. Choose New Entries. Pro edure 1.entrada mercadorias Atribuir locais de expedição SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVSTZ) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. Choose Save and then choose Back.4 Assign Shipping Points Use In this menu option. then maintain the following data: SC 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 LGrp 0001 0001 0001 0001 0001 0002 0002 0002 0002 0002 0003 0003 0003 0003 0003 0001 Plnt 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1100 PrShP 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1100 © SAP AG | Page 27 of 226 .3. you allocate the shipping points to the desired combinations of shipping condition and loading group for each plant. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution p Shipping p Basic Shipping Functions p Shipping Point and Goods Receiving Point Determination p Assign Shipping Points Logistics Execution Expedição Determinação de local de expedição/dpto.SAP Best Practices 3.

3.SAP Best Practices SC 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 RE RE RE RE RE RE RE LGrp 0001 0001 0001 0001 0001 0002 0002 0002 0002 0002 0003 0003 0003 0003 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Plnt 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1000 1000 PrShP 1100 1100 1100 1100 110R 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1000 1000 Choose Save and then choose Back. then maintain the following data: © SAP AG ~ ~ Field Name Des ription User a tion and alues  } Notes Page 28 of 226 .4. Choose New Entries. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Logistics Execution p Shipping p Deliveries p Define Delivery Types Logistics Execution de remessa 0VLK Expedição Fornecimentos Definir tipos 2.4 LE: Deli eries 3. 3. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.3.1 Defining Deli ery Types Use In this menu option you define your delivery types which represent the different business transactions in shipping.

rule OutputDetProc TextDetermProc Output Type Application Route determin. ItemRequirement Stor.range.indep. Ty. Ty.item Delivery Delivery Delivery type Document cat. assgt No.item © SAP AG ‚ ‚ Field Name Des ription User a tion and alues  ƒ Notes € € Notes Page 29 of 226 .range.ext ItemNoIncrement Order required Defautl ord.loc. NR int.indep. NL J 17 18 10 IntPlant Stock Dely Delivery Purchase order required DL 202 MALA V10000 02 LD00 V2 No new route determination Order Type Sched Order w.grp Display range Des ription Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User a tion and alues LF J 17 18 10 Sales order required DL 202 MALA V10000 02 YBL1 V2 New route determination with check LF Distribution at Delivery LF All items Order Type Sched Order w.SAP Best Practices Field Name Delivery type Document cat. NR int. PartnDetProc Distrbtn Mode Screen seq.loc. assgt No.ext ItemNoIncrement Order required Defautl ord. ItemRequirement Stor.rule OutputDetProc TextDetermProc Output Type Application Route determin.

hoose New Entries. you define price dependencies. P c arry out the following steps: . You can make prices.3. you define the combination of fields for which you can create condition records.Schedule batch jobs without tab 0101 hoose 3.4 P ici 3. This acti ity ill assign a ist Profile to a eli ery reation profile. hoose Save and then choose Back. 5001 5 . In a condition table.isplay range All items 3.4. rp P il liv ž i trbtn ode i stribution control by arehouse number  š™ Pa tn etProc Sc i orklists p Assignment of lv c il ’ i ‘ Ž  Œ S P ‡†‹ ˆ‹Š‰ ˆ‡†… „ P i Sales and i stribution ): onfiguration uide Ÿ ›˜ œ ˜ — ˜ Ï Î “ § ¦ Ò of . i m i š™ Screen seq. Schedule background processing Save. Access the acti ity using one of the following navigation options: Sc i ci i P il m S l ci c 500A .1 i i ii T l In this I activity. . P c arry out the following steps: 1. surcharges. You define these dependencies using the condition tables.4. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IM IM M M Sales and istribution p Basic unctions p Pricing p Pricing ontrol p efine ondition ables Vendas e distribui o unções básicas eterminação do preço ontrole da determinação de preço efinir tabelas de condições ’ SAP A Page –•• ” Ä ÈÇË ÅÈ ÌÆÄÇ Í É â â Å ÄÄÇ Ê ÅÈ Ì Ä Ä Ø Ú á Ä ÆÅ Ä ÍÈÇ àß Ù × × ã Ù ÅÈ ÌË Ç ÊÄÉ È Ç ÆÅ Ä ÖÕ Ô Ó ÞÝ Ü Û ÑÐ Ã Â ¾ 2. ake the following entries: Á ¿ ¾½ T ci SM30 ustomi i ng À ³² M IM Logistics Execution pExpedi o pListas de trabalho pAtribui o dos perfis da lista aos cenários de fornecimento bject V T186V) ¬ ³² ­ IM M Logistics Execution p Shipping p List Profile to elivery Scenario ¦ ¢ ¥ ¤ ¼»¹º ¶¹ ¸ µ·¶ µ´ ¢ ± °¯ ® «ª © ¨ £ ¢ ¡   . and discounts dependent on almost all the fields in a document.

Choose Save. 5. you can define for a price that the SAP System first searches for a customer-specific price and then for a price list price. taxes or. In the Field Catlg column. 3. You specify an access sequence in every condition type. Price elements can be. 3. define whether a discount is calculated as a percentage or a fixed amount using the condition type. surcharges. and choose Enter.3 Condition Types Use This activity will define condition types. 4. and are stored in the system in condition records. double-click Create condition tables. you define which fields the SAP system checks when searching for a valid condition record. In the Table field.SAP Best Practices Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide SM30 (Customizing object VV_T681F_VA) 2. discounts. The access sequence is a search strategy which the SAP System uses to search for condition records valid for a condition type. enter 830. If table 830 does exist. For example. Enter the following data: AcSq Description YB20 Sales Organization 5. double-click Change condition tables. locate Sales Organization and double-click it. Accept the warning dialog box. 6. prices. Do not perform any other steps in this task.4. Thus. Choose Generate. Choose Save and then choose Back. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. 4. for example.2 Defining A Use This activity defines access sequences. freight. You can. for example. and go to the next step. Choose New Entries. Price elements are represented in the SAP system by condition types. The field is copied to the Selected fields column. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Pricing p Pricing Control p Define Access Sequences Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação do preço Controle da determinação de preço Definir seqüências de acesso SM34 (with Customizing object VVC_T682_VA) Transa tion Code 2. 3.4. 3. Double-click Maintain Access Sequences. If table 830 does not exist on the Choose Activity dialog box. Pro edure © SAP AG Page 31 of 226 æ æ Field Name Des ription User a tion and alues ç ä å ess Sequen es Notes .

Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.class Calculat.4 Defining and Assigning Pri ing Pro edure Use In this activity. In the Choose Activity dialog box. 3. 3. double-click Maintain Condition Types. DB Scale Basis YB30 100% discount YB20 A A X D Checked Checked Checked Do not delete (Set the deletion flag only) B 5. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions pPricing p Pricing Control p Define Condition Types Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação do preço Controle da determinação de preço Definir tipos de condição SM30 (Customizing Object VV_T685A_VA) Transa tion Code 2. On the Choose Activity dialog box. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Pricing p Pricing Control p Define and Assign Pricing Procedures Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação do preço Controle da determinação de preço Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo SPRO Transa tion Code 2. you define the pricing procedure used. select the entry for procedure RVAA01 and choose Copy As« © SAP AG é é Field Name Des ription User a tion and alues ê è ë Notes Page 32 of 226 .4. On the Change View ³Procedures´: Overview screen. On the Change View ³Conditions: Condition Types´: Overview screen. 3.type Plus/Minus Manual entries Item condition Amount/percent Delete Delete fr. choose New Entries. choose Maintain Pricing Procedures. Enter the following data: Condit. Choose Save and then choose Back. 4.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Carry out the following steps: 1.Type Access Seq Cond.

Overwrite the procedure name with YBAA01 and choose Enter.4. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Pricing p Pricing Control p Define and Assign Pricing Procedures Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação do preço Controle da determinação de preço Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo SPRO / SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVKV) Transa tion Code 2.6 Defining Do ument Pri ing Pro edure Use In this activity. In the dialog box. In the Choose Activity dialog box.4. 3. you define the document pricing procedure Z (credit memo). you define how the pricing procedure is determined. choose copy all. 3. On the Change View ³Pricing Procedures: Determination in Sales Docs. 6. YBA001 YBA001 YBA001 CTyp PR00 PR00 PR00 Des ription ï Page 33 of 226 . In the Choose Activity dialog box. Choose Save and then choose Back. choose Define Pricing Procedure Determination. 1000 1000 1100 DChl 10 10 10 Di ision 10 10 10 4.5 Defining Pri ing Pro edure Determination Use In this activity.´: Overview screen. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Pricing p Pricing Control p Define and Assign Pricing Procedures Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação do preço Controle da determinação de preço Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo OVKK Transa tion Code 2. 3. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. make the following entries: Sales Org. Choose Save and then choose Back. choose Define Document Pricing Procedure. On the Change View ³Pricing Procedures: Transaction.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 4. 3. choose New Entries and make the following entries: © SAP AG ï Do ument Pri ing Pro edure ï í ï ì î DoPr A A B CuPP 1 2 1 PriPr. 5.´: Overview screen.

contábil/cálculo de custos Determinação da conta de receita Verificar dados mestre relevantes para classificação contábil Menu IMG © SAP AG ñ ññ A ount Assignment Group ð Des ription Page 34 of 226 . Double-click Materials: Account Assignment Groups. Choose Save and then choose Back.contábil/cálculo de custos Determinação da conta de receita Verificar dados mestre relevantes para classificação contábil SPRO / OVK5 Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Account Assignment Costing p Revenue Account Determination p Check Master Data Relevant for Account Assignment Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Class.5. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Account Assignment Costing p Revenue Account Determination p Check Master Data Relevant for Account Assignment Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Class. Choose Save and then choose Back.2 Customers: A Use ount Assignment Group This activity defines account determination dependencies for customers.SAP Best Practices Y M S 4. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. 3. then maintain the following data: 03 Finished Products Service Provider Returnable Goods Y1 Y2 4.5 A Use ount Determination ount Assignment Group 3. 3. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Credit memo Consignment Issue Services 3.1 Materials: A This activity defines account determination dependencies for materials. Choose New Entries. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.5.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Account Assignment Costing p Revenue Account Determination p Define and Assign Account Determination Procedure Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Class. then maintain the following data: 04 Dom.3 Defining A Use ount Determination Pro edure This activity will define your account determination procedures and allocate them to the billing types.4 Default Values for A Use ount Group for Customer Creation This activity will assign default values for account group for a returns customer creation. 4. Select the row KOFI00 Account Determination and then double-click Control Data.Rev. 3. without CO 4. Choose New Entries.5. Choose New Entries. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Materials Management p Purchasing p Vendor Master p Default values for account group for customer creation Administração de materiais Compras Mestre fornecedores Valores propostos para grupo de contas para criação cliente SM30 (Customizing Object V_T077K_W) © SAP AG ó õ ô óó A ount Assignment Group ò Des ription Page 35 of 226 . Choose Save and then choose Back. Double-click Define Account Determination Procedure. 3. 3.SAP Best Practices Transa tion Code OVK8 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 2. Double-click: Customers Account Assignment Groups.contábil/cálculo de custos Determinação da conta de receita Definir e atribuir esquemas de determinação de contas SM34 (Customizing Object VVC_T683_XX_VC) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. 3.5. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Choose Save and then choose Back. then maintain the following data: Step 10 10 Cntr 1 2 CTyp KOFI KOFK 2 Requiremt 5.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: 3. hoose New Entries. Procedure arry out the following steps: 1. ouble-click Define Account Key. ake the following entries: ul or ust. You have to make the allocation for every access sequence you have defined beforehand. 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: £ ¡ SAP A @ 9 54 Y PIS Provision Returns V 3 4 4 2 4 8 76 1 0 2.KRE 0003 Save. 3. ERS customer rel.Acct. then maintain the following data: ame Account ey ) ( $ Transaction ode SM30 ustomi ing bject VV T687_V1) # ! Menu IMG Vendas e distribui o unções básicas lass. . Procedure arry out the following steps: 1.contábil/cálculo de eterminação da conta de receita efinir e atribuir chave custos de conta Page 6 of 226  "   IMG Menu Sales and istribution p Basic unctions p Account Assignment/Costing p evenue Account etermination p and Assign Account Keys   '  # &%   .5 se You define your account keys in this menu option and allocate them to the condition types in the pricing procedures.5. provision f. YB1 YB2 YB3 YBS ERS material rel. hoose New Entries. hoose Save and then choose Back.Group s efine ¡   ÿ þ S P ùøý úýüû úùø÷ ö P i Sales and i stribution 105): onfiguration uide .6 Assi ning G/L Accounts se This activity will allocate / accounts for revenue account determination. hoose i i Account  Group ¦ ¨  ©¨§  ¥ ¤   ¢  A 2. freight ustomer discounts ofins Provision YPS .

contábil/cálculo de custos Determinação da conta de receita Atribuir contas do Razão VKOA Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. 4. AAG AAG A tKy G/L a t Pro ision a D B . On the Change View ³Cust Grp/MaterialGrp/AcctKey´: Overview screen. 3. double-click Table 1. On the Assign G/L Accounts screen. ChA SOrg. choose New Entries. Maintain the following data: V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 01 01 01 02 02 02 03 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 01 01 02 02 03 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 01 01 02 02 03 ERL ERS ZDV ERL ERS ZDV ERL BRI ERL ERS WK3 YG1 ERL ZDV ERL ZDV ERL BRI ERL ERS WK3 YG1 ERL ZDV ERL ZDV ERL 0000311000 0000431101 0000321000 0000312000 0000431101 0000321000 0000311000 0000323200 0000312000 0000431101 0000323200 0000431101 0000311000 0000321000 0000311000 0000321000 0000313000 0000323200 0000313000 0000431101 0000323200 0000431101 0000311000 0000321000 0000311000 0000321000 0000311000 0000321000 0000321000 0000321000 0000321000 0000321000 0000321000 © SAP AG Page 37 of 226 CC CC C C App CndTy.SAP Best Practices IMG Menu Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Account Assignment/Costing p Revenue Account Determination p Assign G/L Accounts Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Class. .

SAP Best Practices App CndTy. V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V KOFI KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI ChA SOrg. EE E E . 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1000 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 AAG 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide AAG Y1 01 02 03 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 01 02 03 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 01 02 03 Y1 01 01 01 02 02 02 03 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 01 01 02 02 A tKy ERL ERL ERL ERL BRI ERL ERS WK3 YG1 ERL ERL ERL BRI ERL ERS WK3 YG1 ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERS ZDV ERL ERS ZDV ERL BRI ERL ERS WK3 YG1 ERL ZDV ERL ZDV G/L a t Pro ision a 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0000312000 0000311000 0000312000 0000311000 0000323200 0000312000 0000431101 0000323200 0000431101 0000311000 0000312000 0000313000 0000323200 0000313000 0000431101 0000323200 0000431101 0000311000 0000312000 0000311000 0000312000 0000311000 0000431101 0000321000 0000312000 0000431101 0000321000 0000311000 0000323200 0000312000 0000431101 0000323200 0000431101 0000311000 0000321000 0000311000 0000321000 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0000321000 0000321000 0000321000 0000321000 © SAP AG Page 38 of 226 EE F .

6. Choose Save and then choose Back. ChA SOrg. . GG G G . V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK ChA SOrg. AAG A tKy G/L a t Pro ision a GG P H .SAP Best Practices App CndTy. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for Table 2 with the following data: V V KOFI KOFI 0050 1000 1000 01 01 ERL ERS 0000311000 0000431101 0050 © SAP AG Page 39 of 226 II II I I App CndTy. 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 AAG 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide AAG 03 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 01 01 02 02 03 Y1 01 02 03 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 01 02 03 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 Y1 01 02 03 Y1 A tKy ERL BRI ERL ERS WK3 YG1 ERL ZDV ERL ZDV ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL BRI ERL ERS WK3 YG1 ERL ERL ERL BRI ERL ERS WK3 YG1 ERL ERL ERL ERL G/L a t Pro ision a 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0000313000 0000323200 0000313000 0000431101 0000323200 0000431101 0000311000 0000321000 0000311000 0000321000 0000311000 0000312000 0000311000 0000312000 0000311000 0000323200 0000312000 0000431101 0000323200 0000431101 0000311000 0000312000 0000313000 0000323200 0000313000 0000431101 0000323200 0000431101 0000311000 0000312000 0000311000 0000312000 0000321000 0000321000 5.

ChA SOrg. R . ChA SOrg. . KOFI KOFI KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK ChA SOrg.SAP Best Practices App V V V V V V V V V V V V V V CndTy. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for Table 5 with the following data: V V V V V KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 BRI 323100 323000 213400 512300 312000 BRJ COF ERB ERL 323400 215600 © SAP AG Page 40 of 226 QQ QQ Q Q App CndTy. AAG A tKy G/L a t Pro ision a QQ . 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide AAG 02 02 01 01 02 02 01 01 02 02 01 01 02 02 A tKy ERL ERS ERL ERS ERL ERS ERL ERS ERL ERS ERL ERS ERL ERS G/L a t Pro ision a 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0000311000 0000431101 0000311000 0000312000 0000311000 0000312000 0000311000 0000431101 0000311000 0000431101 0000311000 0000312000 0000311000 0000312000 7. G/L a t Pro ision a . ChA SOrg. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for Table 4 with the following data: V KOFI 0050 1000 0000323200 9. QQ QQ R Q Q App CndTy. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for Table 3 with the following data: V V V V V V V V V V KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 01 01 01 02 02 03 01 01 02 02 ERL 0000311000 ERS 0000431101 YG1 ERL 0000431101 0000312000 ERS 0000431101 YG1 ERL 0000431101 0000311000 ERS 0000312000 ERL 0000311000 ERS 0000312000 8. R QQ Q Q . A tKy G/L a t Pro ision a R QQ QQ Q App CndTy.

SS S S .SAP Best Practices App V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V CndTy. KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI ChA SOrg. 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide A tKy G/L a t Pro ision a 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 ERS ERU ISS 431101 512300 115700 213100 213000 213000 213200 213300 323200 213400 213300 321000 213400 213300 323100 213400 311000 431101 115700 213100 213000 213000 213200 213300 323200 213400 213300 213400 213300 323100 323000 213400 512300 312000 431101 512300 115700 215600 MW1 MW2 MW3 MW4 PIS WK3 YCF YPS ZDV COF PIS BRI COF ERL ERS ISS MW1 MW2 MW3 MW4 PIS WK3 YCF YPS COF PIS BRI BRJ COF ERB ERL ERS ERU ISS 323300 323400 323300 321000 323400 323300 323400 323300 323400 323300 323400 323300 323400 215600 215600 © SAP AG Page 41 of 226 SS T .

AGG AGG A tKy ItCat G/L a t Pro ision a . Page 42 of 226 UU V UU V .SAP Best Practices App V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V CndTy. UU U U . Repeat steps 2 to 5 for Table 6 with the following data: V V V V V V V KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 03 03 Y1 ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 © SAP AG UU U U App CndTy. KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK KOFK ChA SOrg. 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide A tKy G/L a t Pro ision a 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 MW1 MW2 MW3 MW4 PIS WK3 YCF YPS ZDV COF PIS BRI COF ERL ERS ISS MW1 MW2 MW3 MW4 PIS WK3 YCF YPS COF PIS 213100 213000 213000 213200 213300 323200 213400 213300 321000 213400 213300 323100 213400 311000 431101 115700 213100 213000 213000 213200 213300 323200 213400 213300 213400 213300 323300 323400 323300 321000 323400 323300 323400 323300 323400 323300 323400 323300 10. ChA SOrg.

SAP Best Practices App V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V CndTy. 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 0050 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 214901 115700 © SAP AG Page 43 of 226 WW X WW W W . 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide AGG AGG A tKy 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 Y1 01 01 02 02 03 03 Y1 Y1 01 01 02 02 03 03 01 01 02 02 03 03 Y1 Y1 01 01 02 02 03 03 Y1 Y1 01 01 02 02 03 ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ERL ItCat G/L a YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB YGRA KBNB t Pro ision a . KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI KOFI ChA SOrg.

Choose Save and then choose Back.7. choose new entries: VC VC CASH CASH 0050 0050 1000 1000 KBNB YGRA 115700 214901 4. ItCat G/L a t Pro ision a YY ` c YY Y Y a .6.7 A ailability Che k 3. 0050 214901 11. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements p Availability Check p Availability Check With ATP Logic or Against Planning p Define Checking Groups © SAP AG Page 44 of 226 bb bb b App CndTy. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Sales order requirements and delivery requirements can be controlled separately.contábil/cálculo de custos Determinação da conta de caixa Atribuir contas do Razão OV77 Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2.SAP Best Practices App V CndTy. KOFI ChA SOrg. 3.´: Overview scren. 3. 3. ChA SOrg. . 1010 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide AGG AGG A tKy 03 03 ERL ItCat G/L a YGRA t Pro ision a . On the Assign G/L Accounts screen. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Account Assignment/Costing p Cash Account Determinationp Assign G/L Accounts Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Class. On the change view ³Sales org.1 A ailability Che k: Define Che king Groups Use This activity will define checking groups with which you specify the type of requirements records that the system will create when processing sales orders or deliveries. double-click Table 3 (502)./Item cat. Choose Save and then choose Back. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 5.1 Cash A Use ount Determination This activity will define Assing G/L Account.

7. © SAP AG i i A Des ription Initiator Blo k ff f A Des ription TotalSales TotDl Reqs e d g e h A um Response Page 45 of 226 . 3. Enter the following data: Y2 Y2 Y2 Individ. Choose Save and then choose Back. Definir grupos de controle OVZ2 Transa tion Code 6.lógica ATP em relação plan.requirements Individ.requirements A B C X X 4.disponibilidade seg.2 Defining Material Blo k for Other Users Use In this IMG activity you define for each checking group and initiator whether the material master record should be blocked for other orders during the availability check. Requirements Individ.requirements B A A B A A 3 3 3 8. you cannot create two orders for the same material at the same time.lógica ATP em relação plan. Enter the following data: 01 02 Y2 Daily requirements Individ.requirements Individ. 3. Choose New Entries.disponibilidade seg. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements p Availability Check p Availability Check With ATP Logic or Against Planning p Define Material Block for Others Users Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades Verificação de disponibilidade Verif.prel.7. Choose Save and then choose Back. If it is blocked.SAP Best Practices Menu IMG Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades Verificação de disponibilidade Verif. Determinar bloqueio de material para outros usuários SM30 (V_TMVFP) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.prel. Choose New Entries.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements p Availability Check p Availability Check With ATP Logic or Against Planning p Define Checking Groups Default Value Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades Verificação de disponibilidade Verif. Choose Save and then choose Back.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.disponibilidade seg. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.7.7.prel. 3.3 A ailability Che k: Defining Che king Groups Default Value Use This activity will define the checking group that the system proposes when you create a new material master record. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements p Availability Check p Availability Check With ATP Logic or Against Planning p Carry out Control For Availability Check © SAP AG r Material Type Plant A ailability Che k q p Page 46 of 226 .4 Carrying Out Control for A ailability Che k Use This activity will define checking rules for the availability check and allocate them to a checking group.lógica ATP em relação plan. Determinar bloqueio de material para outros usuários SM30 (Customizing Object V_TMVFU) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. You can overwrite the default value for the checking group in the material master record. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Enter the following data: FERT FERT HAWA HAWA LEIH LEIH VERP VERP 1000 1100 1000 1100 1000 1100 1000 1100 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 4. 3. Choose New Entries.

Choose Save 4. 3. Choose New Entries.SAP Best Practices Menu IMG Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Funções básicas Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades Verificação de disponibilidade Verif.7.prel.lógica ATP em relação plan. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: © SAP AG s t CRl 01 03 A AE AQ AV AW B BE BQ BV BW PM PP PS RP RS YO YP Page 47 of 226 . Copy the following checking rules (CRl) from checking group (avail) 01 to checking group Y2: A ail Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 3. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Executar controle da verificação de disponibilidades OVZ9 Transa tion Code 2.5 A ailability Che k against Produ t Allo ation: Maintaining Pro edure Use This activity defines the product allocation determination procedure for the availability check against product allocations.disponibilidade seg.

Choose New Entries. choose New Entries. This is because product allocations are stored in the planning hierarchy by object. 3. Scheme 4. This product allocation object is the object in the product allocation determination procedure.SAP Best Practices IMG Menu Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements p Availability Check p Availability Check Against Product Allocation p Maintain Procedure Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades Verificação de disponibilidade Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes Atualizar esquema OV1Z Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2.7. 4. Alloc. Alloc. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. Enter the following data: Object Description 001 SD Prod. On the Change View ³Product Allocation: Definition of Procedure´: Overview screen. 3. 3. Choose Save and then choose Back. Choose Save and then choose Back. enter the following data: Product Allocation Description 001 Prod.6 A ailability Che k against Produ t Allo ation: Defining Obje t Use This activity will define the product allocation object. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements p Availability Check p Availability Check Against Product Allocation p Define Object Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades Verificação de disponibilidade Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes Definir objeto SM30 (Customizing Object V_T190O) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. © SAP AG y y Field Name Des ription User a tion and alues € v v Field Name Des ription User a tion and alues w u x Notes Notes Page 48 of 226 .

you can also define (past and future) consumption periods for product allocation quantities. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. 3. Scheme Page 49 of 226 .8 A ailability Che k against Produ t Allo ation: Defining Consumption Periods Use When you have defined a product allocation determination procedure. 3. enter the following data: Procedure Step Step Name Info Struct.7.7 A ailability Che k against Produ t Allo ation: Spe ifying Hierar hy Use This activity assigns an info structure to each of the product allocation determination procedures. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Mask 001 Prod.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements p Availability Check p Availability Check Against Product Allocation p Define Consumption Periods Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades Verificação de disponibilidade Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes Definir intervalos de compensação Menu IMG © SAP AG ‚ ‚ Field Name Des ription User a tion and alues ƒ  Notes Prod. Choose Save and then choose Back. Alloc.7. choose New Entries. Alloc. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements p Availability Check p Availability Check Against Product Allocation p Specify Hierarchy Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades Verificação de disponibilidade Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes Determinar hierarquia OV3Z Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. Steps S140 $ 4. You can display the suitable statistical structures. On the Change View ³SD Product Allocation Planning Structure´: Overview screen.

Choose Save and then choose Back.SAP Best Practices Transa tion Code 2. 3. On the Determine Work Area: Entry dialog box. in Product Allocation. 3. 3. Enter the following data: Step Info structure Object Valid to Active Conversion factor 0 S140 001 12/31/2999 Checked 1. Alloc Page 50 of 226 . enter 001 then choose Continue. Choose New Entries. Choose Save and then choose Back.7. Choose New Entries.9 A ailability Che k against Produ t Allo ation: Controlling Produ t Allo ation Use This activity will assign one or several objects with different validity periods to the product allocation determination procedures. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. © SAP AG ˆ ˆ Field Name Des ription User a tion and alues ‰ … … Field Name Des ription User a tion and alues † „ ‡ Notes Notes SD Prod. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements p Availability Check p Availability Check Against Product Allocation p Control Product Allocation Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades Verificação de disponibilidade Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes Controle da alocação de produtos OV4Z Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. Enter the following data: Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide SM30 (Customizing Object V_T190V) Info structure Bwd cons Fwd cons Period S140 3 2 M 4. 4. The validity periods cannot overlap.000 5.

Choose New Entries. 3.1 Maintaining Output Pro edure Use This activity defines output determination for documents. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3. On the Change View ³Availability and Transfer of Requirements by Req.8 Output Control 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Output Control p Output Determination p Output Determination Using the Condition Technique p Maintain Output Determination for Billing Documents p Maintain Output Determination Procedure Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Controle de mensagens Determinação de mensagens Determinação de mensagem via técnica de condições Atualizar determinação de mensagens para docs.7.10 Use Defining Flow A ording to Requirement Category This activity will determine whether the system should run an availability check for product allocations or not. maintain the following entries: ReqCl 011 030 031 041 A C X X X X 3. Choose Save and then choose Back.necessidade OVZ0 Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. faturamento Atualizar esquema de mensagens SM34 (Customizing Object VVC_T683_XX_V3) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. Type´: Overview screen.8. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. You can determine this in each requirements class. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements p Availability Check p Availability Check Against Product Allocation p Define Flow According to Requirement Category Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades Verificação de disponibilidade Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes Definir processo por ctg. © SAP AG ‘  ’ Rq X X X X All. X X X X Page 51 of 226 .

AN00 and BA00 and enter the following values: Partial Output 1 from 2 of the table V_T685B: B B V1 V1 AF00 AN00 0003 0002 Inquiry Quotation 1 1 © SAP AG – – –– – Usage Appli ation Output type A ess sequen e • Language Key Appl n Output Type “ Step Cntr CTyp Des ription Requiremt 0 Manual only ” Do ument title Name PrntParamtr riteria Page 52 of 226 .9 Output Control ± Sales Do uments 3. and in the Description column. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Select the row you just created. On the Display View´ Output Types´: Overview screen. In the Procedure column. 3. On the overview screen. PT PT PT V1 V1 V1 AF00 AN00 BA00 Tipo acesso p/parâmetros de impressão e proposta Acesso para parâmetros de impressão e proposta Tipo de acesso p/parâmetros impressão e proposta 3. Choose Save. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Output Control p p Output Determination p Output Determination Using the Condition Technique p Maintain Output Determination for Sales Documents p Maintain Output Types Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Controle de mensagens Determinação de mensagens Determinação de mensagem via técnica de condições Atualizar determinação de mensagens para docs.1 Maintaining Output Types: Output Types Use The purpose of this activity is to maintain output types. 4. select Entry and choose Mail Title and Texts. Choose New Entries. and double-click Control Data.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3. Choose Save and then choose Back twice. 5. double-Click Output types AF00. then maintain the following data: 010 01 RD00 Invoice 7. enter V10000. enter Billing Output. 6. faturamento Atualizar tipos de mensagem V/30 Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2.9.

Select OutputType and choose Partner functions from the Dialog Structure. Choose Save. X X X 1 1 1 SDOQUOTAT SDOORDER 1 1 SP SP SP Result The output types are created.2 Maintaining Output Types: Message Types Use The purpose of this activity is to create message type. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.9. Maintain the following values (Output Table VN_TNAPN): V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 4. AF00 AF00 AN00 AN00 AN00 BA00 BA00 BA00 BA00 1 2 1 2 6 1 2 6 A SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP © SAP AG d Appli ation Output Type Transmission Medium Partner Fun tion Page 53 of 226 ˜ ˜ ˜˜ Dispat h time1 A ess To onditions Storage Mode Do ument type Transmission Medium — — —— ˜ — Partner Fun tion ™ ˜ d . Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Output Control p p Output Determination p Output Determination Using the Condition Technique p Maintain Output Determination for Sales Documents p Maintain Output Types SM30 (Customizing Object VN_TNAPN) Transa tion Code 2. 3.SAP Best Practices Usage B Appli ation V1 Output type BA00 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide A ess sequen e 0004 Name Order Confirmation PrntParamtr riteria 1 Partial Output 2 from 2 of the table V_T685B: 1 1 1 4. Choose Save. 3.

X X 1 1 SDODELNOTE SDODELNOTE 1 1 SH SH © SAP AG Page 54 of 226 h h hh Dispat h time1 A ess To onditions Storage Mode Do ument type Transmission Medium g g gg g Usage Appli ation Output type A ess sequen e f Language Key h e Appln Output Type Do ument title Name PrntParamtr riteria Partner Fun tion h . On the Display View´ Output Types´: Overview screen.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Result The message types are created. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution p Shipping p Basic Shipping Functions p Output Control p Output Determination p Maintain Output Determination for Outbound Deliveries pMaintain Output Types Logistics Execution Expedição Bases Controle de mensagens Determinação de mensagens Atualizar determinação de mensagens para entregas Atualizar tipos de mensagem V/34 Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. Output Table V_TNATI: EN PT V2 V2 LD00 YBL1 Access Type for Print Parameter and Proposal Tipo de acesso p/parâmetros impressão e proposta 4.10.1 Use The purpose of this activity is to maintain output types. Maintaining Output Types Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. 3. 3. On the Display View´ Output Types´: Overview screen.10 Output Control ± Shipping 3. Partial Output 1 from 2 of the table V_T685B: B B V2 V2 LD00 YBL1 0012 0012 Delivery Note Bill of Lading 5 5 Partial Output 2 from 2 of the table V_T685B: 3 3 6. enter the following values. Enter the following values. Choose Save. Choose Save. select Entry and choose Mail Title and Texts. 5.

Choose Save.pro . Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution p Shipping p Basic Shipping Functions p Output Control p Output Determination p Maintain Output Determination for Outbound Deliveries p Maintain Output Types Logistics Execution Expedição Bases Controle de mensagens Determinação de mensagens Atualizar determinação de mensagens para entregas Atualizar tipos de mensagem Menu IMG © SAP AG j Sales Do ument Type j i Appln Output determ.10. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution p Shipping p Basic Shipping Functions p Output Control p Output Determination p Maintain Output Determination for Outbound Deliveries p Assign Output Determination Procedures Logistics Execution Expedição Bases Controle de mensagens Determinação de mensagens Atualizar determinação de mensagens para entregas Atribuir esquema de mensagem V/71 IMG Menu Transa tion Code 2. 3.3 Use Maintaining Output Types .SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Result The output types are created. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. On the Change View´ Delivery Types ±Output Determination Procedure´: Overview screen.Partner Fun tion The purpose of this activity is to create message type.2 Use Assigning Output Determination Pro edures The purpose of this activity is to assign output determination procedures. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Output Type YBL1 YBL1 Page 55 of 226 . Output Table V_TVAK_NAC: LF LR 4. V2 V2 V10000 V10000 Result The output determination procedures are assigned. 3.10. In the Choose Activity dialog box. select Assign deliveries (header) and choose Enter. enter the following values. 3.

Enter the following values. choose the OutputType and double-click Partner Functions from the Dialog Structure.SAP Best Practices Transa tion Code V/34 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 2. On the Display View´ Output Types´: Overview screen. Enter the following values. Choose Save. Choose Save.11. Output Table VN_TNAPN: V2 V2 4.1 Use The purpose of this activity is to maintain output types. select Entry and choose Mail Title and Texts. Output Table V_TNATI: PT V3 RD00 Tipo de acesso p/parâmetros impressão e proposta 5. Choose Activity Maintain output types 3. 6. On the Change View ³Output Types´: Overview screen. Enter the following values. 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Billing p Intercompany Billing p Automatic Posting to Vendor Account (SAP-EDI) Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Faturamento interno Lançamento automático na parte do fornecedor via SAP-EDI V/40 2.11 Output Control ± Billing 3. Partial Output 1 from 2 of the table V_T685B: B V3 RD00 0002 Invoice 1 Partial Output 2 from 2 of the table V_T685B: © SAP AG o o oo o Usage Appli ation Output type A ess sequen e n Language Key Appln Output Type Do ument title Name l Appli ation k m Output Type Transmission Medium Partner Fun tion l PrntParamtr riteria Page 56 of 226 . 4. YBL1 YBL1 1 2 SH SH Result The message types are created. Maintaining Output Types Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. 3.

3.2 Use Assigning Output Determination Pro edures This activity defines output determination procedures for documents.3 Use SD Output Determination .pro . Choose the relevant billing type and make the following entries: F1 F2 FAZ V10000 V10000 V10000 V3 V3 V3 4. 1 SDOINVOICE 1 BP Result The output types are created. On the Choose Activity screen select Define Billing Types.11.Billing Partner Fun tions The purpose of this activity is to create message types. 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Billing p Billing Documents p Define Billing Types Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Documentos de faturamento Definir tipo de documento de faturamento VOFA 2. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Output Control p p Output Determination p Output Determination Using the Condition Technique p Maintain Output Determination for Billing Documents p Assign Output Types to Partner Functions Vendas e distribuição Dados mestre Funções básicas Determinação de mensagens Determinação de mensagem via técnica de condições Atualizar determinação de Menu IMG © SAP AG r r Billing Type Output determ.11. Appli ation Output Type RD00 RD00 RD00 Page 57 of 226 p p pp p q p . Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Choose Save and then choose Back. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.SAP Best Practices Dispat h time1 A ess To onditions X Storage Mode Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Do ument type Transmission Medium Partner Fun tion 1 7. 3. Choose Save.

RD00 RD00 RD00 RD00 1 2 6 A SH SH SH SH Result The message types are created. This is dependent on a predefined key.faturamento Atribuir mensagens às funções do parceiro Transa tion Code SM30 (Customizing Object VV_TNAPN_V3) 2. you define the print parameters for sales. Choose New Entries and maintain the following data: SOrg 1000 Output De i e LP01 (or LOCL or other printer) Name LIST1S Suffix 1 AF00 Suffix 2 SOLICITAÇÃO Immediate Checked 4. billing. 3. On the Print Parameters screen. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Output Control p Define Print Parameters Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Controle de mensagens Definir parâmetros de impressão VP01 2. for example. Output De i e Name Suffix 1 Suffix 2 Immediate Release X AN00 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other printer) LIST1S AN00 COTAÇÃO © SAP AG t Appli ation yx wv s Output Type Transmission Medium Partner Fun tion u t Release Page 58 of 226 .12. choose New Entries and make the following entries: V3 V3 V3 V3 3. 3. 5. shipping. Defining Print Parameters Sales Organization Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. transportation and sales activity output. Choose Save and then choose Back.12 Defining Print Parameters 3.1 Use In this step.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide mensagens para docs. locate and double-click Inquiry (AF00). Repeat steps 2 to 4 for the following data: CTyp SOrg. Choose Save. On the Change View: Output Control: Output By Partner Function: Overview screen.

The condition types set for the output determination. 3. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. On the Print Parameters screen. 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Logistics Execution p Shipping p Basic Shipping Functions p Output Control p Define print parameters shipping Logistics Execution Expedição Bases Controle de mensagens Definir parâmetros impressão expedição VP01SHP 2.2 Use Defining Print Parameters Shipping In this step. you set the output parameters.13. which the system can find automatically. © SAP AG Page 59 of 226 Output Determination for Pi king List {z Name Suffix 1 Suffix 2 Immediate Release LIST1S BA00 CONFIRMAÇÃO X LIST1S KO00 CONTRATO X LIST1S LP00 PROGRAMA DE X LIST1S LT01 FATURA X LIST1S AF00 VENDA À VIST LIST1S LT01 FATURA NDR ~} | Name LIST1S Suffix 1 LD00 Suffix 2 LIEFER Immediate X Release . Per condition type. Choose New Entries and maintain the following data: Ship Point 1000 Output De i e LP01 (or LOCL or other printer) 4. Output De i e Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide BA00 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other printer) KO00 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other printer) LP00 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other printer) RD00 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other printer) RD03 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other printer) RDES 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other printer) 3.depending on which output location in the condition type is set as a print parameter .12. you specify .1 Use This activity will define the settings for SD picking without Lean WM.SAP Best Practices CTyp SOrg. Choose Save and then choose Back. appear under the category Shipping.one or several locations and determine an output device as well as some parameters for the printout per condition type and position. locate and double-click Delivery Note (LD00).13 Output Control ± Pi king SD 3.

Result Output determination for S picking has been set up. Access the activity use the following navigation: 2.13. On the Print Parameters View choose Shipping /Spec. 4. Make the following entries: Shipping Point 1000 Š SAP A ¨ © ¨ Field ame ser action and values ¥¥ ¥ ¤ ¦ § £ Transaction ode VP01S P ote ¢   • œ  Ÿ œ – ¡ œ ›š ž • Field ame ser action and values ote ‘ ” “ ˆ ’ ‘  Transaction ode OVLT Page 60 of 226 Š ˆ ‰ ‡ ˆ  ‡ S P Ž ‚† ƒ†…„ ƒ‚€  P i Sales and i stribution 105): onfiguration uide Œ ˜ — ™ ‹ ‰ . Save your entries. se Maintaining Print Parameter or S Pic ing This activity will define print parameters for S picking without ean WM. choose New entries. hoose Back 3). 5. Access the activity use the following navigation: IMG Menu Menu IMG Logistics Execution p Shipping p Basic Shipping unctions p Output Control p Define print parameters shipping Logistics Execution Expedição Bases Controle de mensagens Definir parâmetros impressão expedição 2. 3. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. 3. Make the following entries for shipping point 1000. 100R.Case V4). 1100 and 110R) on the Change View rgani ational nit: Shipping Pts.or further details regarding the output customi ing for S picking w/o lean WM) refer to SS note 145136. EK00 PT 1 3 1 Out. ime ed 3. Procedure arry out the following steps: 1. or further details regarding the output customi ing for S picking w/o lean WM) refer to OSS note 14513 . On the Print Parameters View double click Picking List EK00). On the Change View Print Parameters for Shipping Point´: Overview screen. 4. Print Picking Lst´: verview screen. Lng No.

3. Choose Back (F3).14. 8. Save your entries.SAP Best Practices Field Name OutputDevice Name Suffix1 Suffix2 Print immed. then maintain the following data: 1000 01 01 A 3. 7. Repeat step 4 and 5 for shipping point 100R. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. DChl D PPCustPro « Note Select suitable device ª ­ ¬ PPPr A00001 Page 61 of 226 . Choose Save and then choose Back. 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Dynamic Product Proposal p Maintain Procedure Determination (in Background) for Product Proposal Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Proposta de produto dinâmica Atualizar determinação de esquemas (background) p/proposta de produto SM30 (Customizing Object V_TPVSB) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. Choose New Entries.2 Maintaining Pro edure Determination Online for Produ t Proposal Use This activity will determine the product proposal procedure for background processing. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: © SAP AG ® SOrg. 1100 and 110R.1 Maintaining Pro edure Determination in Ba kground for Produ t Proposal Use This activity will determine the product proposal procedure for background processing. Result The print parameters for SD picking have been set up.14 Produ t Spe ifi Settings 3.14. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User a tion and alues LP01 LIST1S EK00 LISTA PICKIN Selected 6. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.

For every material type.prod. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Dynamic Product Proposal p Assign Document Procedure for Product Proposal to Sales Document Type Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Proposta de produto dinâmica Atribuir esq. Pro edure © SAP AG Page 62 of 226 ³ ³ ³ SaTy Des ription PP Do Pro ± SOrg. Choose New Entries. DChl D ° ¯ ² SOff.14. aos tipos de documentos de vendas SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVAK_PV) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. you group together different material types for item category determination from the SD view.SAP Best Practices IMG Menu Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Dynamic Product Proposal p Maintain Procedure Determination (Online) for Product Proposal Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Proposta de produto dinâmica Atualizar determinação de esquemas (on-line) p/proposta de produto SM30 (Customizing Object V_TPVSO) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. then maintain the following data: QT SO OR Quotation Rush Order Standard Order A A A 3.15 Defining Item Category Groups Use Using the item category group. you can define a default item category group which is proposed by the SAP System when you create a material master record. SGrp PPCustPro PPDoPr A PPPr A00001 . then maintain the following data: 1000 10 10 100 100 A 3. Choose New Entries. Choose Save and then choose Back.3 Assigning Do ument Pro edure to Sales Do ument Type Use This activity will assign the document determination procedure for the product proposal to the individual sales document types. 3. 3.documentos p/prop. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Choose Save and then choose Back.

16 Determining A ti e Re ei ables per Item Category Use This activity will activate the credit management functionality by sales item category. Component Service w/SD-order Service w/o Delivery Service w/o Project Service w/ project Stock ord 3rd party (w. Choose New Entries.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Carry out the following steps: 1.crédito/adm. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Credit Management/Risk Management p Credit Management/Risk Management Settings p Determine Active Receivables Per Item Category Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Adm. then maintain the following data: YB01 YB02 YB03 YB09 YBKF YBKP YBER YBLE YBEN YBEP YBOR YBNA YBUK Credit memo Ret. Choose Save and then choose Back. 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Sales Document Item p Define Item Category Groups Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Item do documento de vendas Definir categorias de item SM30 (Customizing Object V_TPTM) 2. Delivery Returnable packaging Standard w/o batch Header config. Pack.riscos Definir crédito ativo por ctg. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.crédito/riscos Opções preliminares para a adm. SN) Stock ord 3rd party (w/o SN) Bought-In 3.item SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVAP_KRE) Menu IMG Transa tion Code © SAP AG µ ItCGr ¶ ´ Des ription Page 63 of 226 .

18. Result Message 013 has been changed. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Definir intervalos de numeração para docs. 3. select the Credit active checkbox. Change message V 013 according to the table below on the Change View Controllable Error essages Shipping Processing´: Overviewscreen. 3. Choose Back 3). Type W 3. Save your entries. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. 4. Choose Save.1 se In this menu option. efining umber Ranges for Sales ocuments Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1.2. On the row with ItCa of AN.vendas Á SAP A Ñ Ð Transaction ode V 01 Ï Î IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Sales Document eader p Define Number anges for Sales Documents Ê Ë ÍÌ Ê Field ame Ç ÉÆ Å Transaction ser action and values Ä IMG Menu Logistics Execution Shipping System odifications Specify Characteristics for System essages ote Page 64 of 226 Á Ä À ¿ S P à º¹¾ »¾½¼ »º¹¸ · P i Sales and i stribution 105): Configuration uide È Â . 3.17 anging controllable error messages shipping processing se This activity will change the type for a system message processed during the delivery creation.18 Sales Order Processing I 3. you define the number intervals of the number ranges for sales documents. Access the activity use the following navigation: Menu IMG Logistics Execution Expedição Adaptações do sistema Determinar características para mensagens do sistema ode OVM1 2.

Transa tion Group Do . Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Sales Document Header p Define Sales Document Types Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Definir tipos de doc. S r. 3. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3. Choose Insert Interval.vendas VOV8 Transa tion Code 2.SAP Best Practices 2.18. Number range ± internal assignment Number range ± external assignment Item number in rement Sub-item in rement Referen e mandatory Che k di ision Che k redit limit Item di ision Read info re ord Output appli ation S reen Sequen e Group In ompl.2 Use Defining Sales Do ument Types This activity will define settings for sales document types. Choose New Entries. then maintain the following data: No 90 From number R0001 To number R9999 Current number Ext X 4. 3.Pro edure Display Range FCode for o er . © SAP AG Ó Ô Ô Ó Ó Ó Ó Ó Ó Ó Ó Ó Ô Ó Ó Ô Ó Ó Ó Ó Ó Ò YBRE H 13 14 000010 000010 M YBFD I 01 02 000010 000010 YGRA I 01 02 000010 000010 Ó 2 D X X V1 RE 14 0 A UALL UER1 0 C UALL UER1 X V1 RE X V1 AU YG 0 A UALL UER1 Ó Ó Page 65 of 226 . Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Choose Save and then choose Back twice.Pri .pro ed. Choose Change Intervals. Make the following entries: Sales Do ument Type SD do ument ateg.

you define the number intervals of the number ranges for sales documents. Paymt card plan type hec ing group Propose elivery ate illing request 4. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. Back.18.type I YIV EK02 01 03 01 X R ß ß ãâ ãâ â elivery type R 01 Y RA Page 66 of 226 ß Þ Ý S P Ø×Ü ÙÜÛÚ ÙØ×Ö Õ P i Sales and i stribution 105): Configuration uide á å á á ä æ ä æ ä à .order type S Ý á ë å illing bloc ß Intercomp. Choose Save and then choose Back. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas ode OVAO 2. In the Choose Activity dialog box. On the Change View: Sales Organi ations the following entries: Assign Order Type: Overview screen. Choose Save. make é é è Transaction ç IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Sales Documents eader p Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types Ý Subseq.type Y RA ndType line items illing plan type 01 03 01 X X Paymt guarant.bill. Choose 5. ß SAP A ë ê 3.3 se Sales Organi ations . choose Combine Sales Organi ations.ProdAttr.bill. Sales Organi ation 1000 1100 Reference Sales Organi ation 1000 1100 4. proc. 3.Assigning Order Type In this menu option.messages A Shipping conditions elivery-related billing type RE Order-rel.

On the Change View: Distribution by Sales Org ± Assign Order Type´: Overview screen.18. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Sales Documents Header p Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas OVAM Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2.5 Use Distribution by Sales Org . make the following entries: © SAP AG í Sales Organization Referen e Di ision î ì ï Page 67 of 226 . choose Combine Distribution Channels. make the following entries: 1000 1000 1100 1100 10 20 10 20 4.Assign Order Type In this menu option.18. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Sales Documents Header p Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas OVAN Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2.4 Use Di isions by Sales Org .Assign Order Type In this menu option.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3. 3. In the Choose Activity dialog box. Choose Save and then choose Back. 3. you define the number intervals of the number ranges for sales documents. choose Combine Divisions. In the Choose Activity dialog box. you define the number intervals of the number ranges for sales documents. On the Change View: Divisions by SalesOrg ± Assign Order Type´: Overview screen. 3. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.

Allowed Order Types per Sales Org. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. choose New Entries and make the following entries: 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 QT CR DR RK OR IN KB KE KR CQ © SAP AG Page 68 of 226 ò ò ò Referen e Sales Organization Referen e Distribution Channel Referen e Di ision ó ð ò ñ Sales Do ument Type . choose Assign sales order types permitted for sales areas.SAP Best Practices Sales Organization 1000 1000 1000 1100 1100 1100 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Referen e Distribution Channel 10 20 30 10 20 30 4. In the Choose Activity dialog box.: Overview screen. 3. you allocate the allowed order types to each sales area. Choose Save and then choose Back. 3. On the Change View: Sales Documents.18. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Sales Documents Header p Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVAKZ) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2.6 Use Assigning Sales Area to Sales Do ument Types In this menu option.

1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

I

KB KE KR CQ

4. Choose Save and then choose Back.

3.18.7 se

Assigning Sales Area to

redit

ontrol Area

This activity will assign a sales area to a credit control area.

Procedure
Carry out the following steps: 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG
¦

Enterprise Structure p Assignment p Sales and Distribution p Assign sales area to credit control area Estrutura do empreendimento Atribuição Vendas e distribuição Atribuir área de vendas área de controle de crédito
§ ¥

Transaction

ode
©

SM30 Customi ing Object V_TVTA_KKB)
¨

2. On the Change View Sales Area: Allocation to Credit Control Area´: Overview screen make the following entries in row CCAr: 
 

SOrg. 1000 1000 1000 1100 1100 1100 3. Choose Save.

hl

V

Ar

10 20 30 10 20 30

10 10 10 10 10 10

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

3.18.8 se

efining Relevant Item

ategories

This activity will mark item categories relevant for picking. SAP A Page 69 of 226

¤

£

1100

10

ü

¢

Reference Sales Organi ation
 

Reference hannel

istribution

Reference 10

ivision

Sales Type T

ocument

CR R

RK OR

þ

¡

ý

¡

ü

S P

¡

÷öû øûúù ø÷öõ ô
P i

Sales and

i stribution 105): Configuration

uide

þ

ÿ

Procedure
Carry out the following steps: 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG
%

Logistics Execution p Shipping p Picking p Define elevant Item Categories Logistics Execution Expedição Picking de item relevantes
' &

Determinar tipos

Transaction
)

ode

SM30 Customi i ng Object V_TV P_KOM)

2.

or the row with the ItCa of TAC, select the Relevant for Picking checkbox. Save.

3. Choose

3.18.9 se

efining Incompleteness Procedures

This activity will define Incompleteness Procedures.

Procedure
Carry out the following steps: 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG
2

Sales and Distribution p Basic unctions p Log of Incomplete Items p Define Incompleteness Procedures Vendas e distribuição unções básicas Dados incompletos Definir esquemas de dados incompletos ode
4 1

Transaction

OVA

2. Select the row with Group

and then double-click Procedures.

3. Choose Display p Change. 4. Choose New Entries. 5. Make the following entries:
5 7 6 5

Field

ame

escription

ser action and values

ote

InProc Description 6. 7. 8. 9.

Y1 Min.delivery item
8

Choose Save. Select the Y1 row and then double-click ields. Choose New Entries. Make the following entries: Tables V50UC V50UC Field name
9

Screen CHSP_T PIOV_T

Status Group 8 8
@

BTRE

10. Choose

Save.

3.18.10 Assigning Incompleteness Procedures se
This activity will assign incompleteness procedures todelivery item categories.

Procedure
"

SAP A

@

OVPIK

Page 70 of 226

"

$

!

(

0

3 

 

S P 

P

i

Sales and

istribution 105): Configuration

uide

#

Carry out the following steps: 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution p Shipping p Basic Shipping unctions p Incompletion Control for Deliveries p Assign Incompleteness Procedures Logistics Execution Expedição Bases Controle de dados incompletos para fornecimentos Atribuir esquemas de dados incompletos
V U S

Menu IMG

2. ouble-click Assign incompletion forms to the delivery item types. 3. Choose New Entries. 4. Make the following entries:
X

Item category DLP 5. Choose Save.

3.18.11 efining and Assigning Text Procedures se

The text types of a text object are grouped together in text determination procedures. You assign a text determination procedure using certain keys, for example, account group customer or sales document type.

Procedure
Carry out the following steps: 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigationoptions: IMG Menu Menu IMG Sales and Distribution p Basic unctions p Text Control p Define and Assign Text Determination Procedures Vendas e distribuição pFunções básicas p Controle de texto pDefinir e atribuir esquemas de texto
a Y

2. In the Text object pane, select Header radio under Delivery and choose 3. In the Dialog Structure pane, double-click Text procedure assignment. 4. In the RL row, make the following entries: Delivery typ RL 5. Choose 6. Choose Save. Back twice. TextDetermProcedure 02 Description
b

7. In the Text object pane, select Item radio under Delivery and choose 8. In the Dialog Structure pane, double-click Text procedure assignment. 9. In the RLN row, make the following entries: Item category RLN TextDetermProcedure 02

Q

SAP A

`

Transaction

T

Transaction

ode

SM30 Customi i ng Object V_TV P_VUV)

Incompletion procedure Y1

etermination

ode

VOTX

Change.

Returns Pur.Ord.)

Change.

Description Returns order

Page 71 of 226

Q

P

W

I

DCH EHGF EDCB

S P

A

P

i

Sales and

i stribution 105): Configuration

uide

R

10. Choose 11. Choose

Save. Back twice.

3.18.1 Assigning Material Determination Procedures to Sales Document Types se
This activity will assign material determination procedures to sales document types.

Procedure
Carry out the following steps: 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p aterial Determination p Assign Procedures To Sales Document Types Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação de material Atribuir esquemas aos tipos de doc.vendas ode OV14
u t

Menu IMG Transaction
v

2.

or sales document type OR, enter the material determination procedure A00001. Save.

3. Choose

Result
The material determination procedure is assigned.

3.19 Down Payment
3.19.1 se Defining

onfiguration

illing Plan Types

This activity will define a billing type for milestone billing.

Procedure
Carry out the following steps: 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG
w

Sales and Distribution p Billing p Billing Plan p Define Billing Plan Types Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Programa de faturamento Definir tipo de programa de faturamento
y x

Transaction

ode

OV O aintain billing plan types for milestone billing .

2. On the Choose Activity screen choose 3. Choose New Entries. 4. Make the following entries: Billing Plan Type Y1 5. Choose Save. Start Date 01 Date 04

ategory

Online Order X

FCodeOvervScrn 0003

r

SAP A

Page 72 of 226

r

q

€

fep gpih gfed

S P

c

P

i

Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration

uide

s

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution p Billing p Billing Plan p Define and Assign Date Categories Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Programa de faturamento Definir denominações da data OVBJ ’ 2. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Sales Document Item p Define Item Categories Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas do documento de vendas Definir categorias de item VOV7 Item  SAP A Page 73 of 226 – • Y1 04 Down payment request amount) ” 0009 Down payment 5 0 02 – • “ Date descript.19. 4. 3. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1.) ” 0003 0008 0009 Contract Conclusion Closing Invoice Down Payment 1 3 4 02 02 02 A 5. Choose New Entries.3 se Defining and Assigning Item Category YBAO This activity will define and assign item categoryYBAO Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1.3. Make the following entries: Billing Plan Type Y1 Y1 Y1 Date Category 01 02 03 Text aintain Date Category for Billing Plan Type . Text Billing Rule Fixed Date Billing Bloc  ‰ „ƒˆ …ˆ‡† …„ƒ‚ S P  P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration uide Billing Type A ‘ . On the Choose Activity screen choose 3. Milestone billing Closing Invoice Down payment request proc.19. se Date category In this activity you maintain date categories for the billing plan types. Choose Save.

3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. l Logistic Execution p Shipping p Deliveries p Define Item Categories for Deliveries Logistics Execution Expedição Fornecimentos Definir tipos de item para fornecimentos 0VLP Mat. Make the following entries: Item Category YBAO Doc.Plan I Y1 X Selected Selected Selected Selected 20 N 01 1 N 3.Stats. 0 Defining Item Categories for Deliveries se In this menu option you define your item categories for deliveries. Make the following entries: Item category Billing Relevance Billing Plan Type Pricing Business item Sched.Relevant Determine Cost Incompletion procedure PartnerDetermProced TextDetermProcedure Item Cat.2. Back. Choose New Entries.¶0¶allowed X ItemCat. YBAO Milestone-Bill.no.Grp 4.Line Allowed Wght/Vol.Group Screen Seq. Choose New Entries. Choose Save. 3. Choose 5.group 1 A A A X j SAP A m m m Chec quantity 0 m Chec minimum qty Chec overdelivery Relevant for pic ing StLocation required X Page 74 of 226 j i d™h ehgf ed™˜ S P — P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration uide k .Categ.stat.

Access the activity use the following navigation: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Billing p Billing Documents p aintain Copying Control for Billing Documents p Copying Control: Sales Document to Billing Document Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Documentos de faturamento Atuali ar controle de cópia para docs.Determine StLoc X 4. Choose NORM Save. Make the following entries: Sales Item Default Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Document Category Item Item Item Item Item Item Item Item Type Group Category category category category category category category category TA 4.faturamento VTFA | { Menu IMG Transaction Code w SAP A Page 75 of 226 w v qpu ruts rqpo S P n P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration uide Item x . 1 Assigning Item Categories se This activity will assign item categories to sales documents. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.faturamento Controle de cópia: doc.vendas doc. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. Choose Save. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. TAN TAP TAQ TANN TAW DSI TAO YBAO Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Sales Document Item p Assign Item Categories Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas do documento de vendas Definir categorias de item SM30 Customi i ng Object V_T184) z y 3. Choose New Entries. se Copying Control Sales Document to Billing Document This activity will define copying control logicfrom Sales Document types to Billing Types. Auto Batch Determination X 3. 3.

On the Display View Header: Overview screen. double-click Item. Make the following entries: Target Billing Type 2 5 5 5 5 A A A 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 † Source Item Copying Sales Doc Category requirements Type TSA AA TA TAV TSA TA TAV TSA AA TA TAV TSA AA TA TAV Save. Choose 8. choose Display <> Change. 3 Specifying Copy Controls for Deliveries se This activity will copy controls. Back. 6. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. 4. In the Dialog Structure screen area. Choose 3. 3. 5./neg. Select a combination of target billing type and source sales document type. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Logistics Execution p Shipping p Copying Control p Specify Copy Control for Deliveries Logistics Execution Expedição Controle de cópia Determinar controle de cópia para fornecimentos VTLA SAP AG ‡ A ‡ A ‡ A ‡ C ‡ C ‡ C ‡ C ‡ A ‡ A ‡ A ‡ „ ~ƒ €ƒ‚ €~} ˆ † ˆ † ˆ † † † † † † † † † † † † SAP P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide Pos. Pricing quantity type G G G G G G G G C C C C G K K Page 76 of 226 … . YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO 023 008 008 008 008 020 020 020 002 002 002 002 002 023 023 Data Billing VBRK/VBRP quantity 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 001 001 001 001 000 000 000 A C C C C 7. Choose New Entries.2.

3. Make the following entries: ’ Sales Doc Type OR AA CH OR TAV TSA 6. On the Display View Header: Overview screen. Select the required combinations of source sales document type and delivery type . System Business Data 2 2 2 2 2 2 YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO YBAO Save. Choose Delivery Type ”“ ItemCat Order requirements 101 101 101 101 101 101 Item Data 101 101 101 101 101 101 Item Ext. choose Display <> Change. 4.necessidades Determinação do tipo de necessidade através da operação SM30 Customi ing Object V_TVEP _V – š ™ ˜ — Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. enter the values shown below. 3. 4 Determination of requirement types using transaction se In this activity you determine the relation between item category and requirement type. Double-click Item in the Dialog Structure pane. Choose 7. On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries screen. X X X X X X LF LF LF LF LF Result Controls are copied. choose New Entries. œ › Field ame Description ser action and values Comment Item category MRP Tpye Reqmts type YBAO KE SAP AG Page 77 of 226 • • • • • •  ‹Š ŒŽ Œ‹Š‰ SAP P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide pdate doc flow +/- ‘ . Choose New Entries. 5. 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistic Executions p Shipping p Basic Shipping Functionsp Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements p Transfer of Requirements p Determination of Requirement Types using Transaction Logistics Execution Expedição Bases Transf.2. On the Change View Assignment of Requirement Types to Transaction´: Overview screen. Back.

5.1 Use Defining Deli ery Item Category This activity will define the delivery item category YBAO.24.stat. Choose New Entries. 3. Make the following entries: YBAO J X 1 A A A Selected Selected Selected Selected Note about the situation Note about the situation Note about the situation     Ÿ Logistics Execution p Shipping p Deliveries p Define Item Categories for Deliveries Logistics Execution Expedição Fornecimentos tipos de item para fornecimentos OVLP Definir Field Name Item Category Document cat Mat. Des ription  Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User a tion and alues  ž Comment 3. Choose Save. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2.no. Des ription User a tion and alues Result The delivery item category is defined.¶0¶ allowed ItemCat.24.2 Defining and Assigning Text Determination Pro edures Use © SAP AG ¡ Comment Delivery Page 78 of 226 .group Check quantity 0 Check minimum qty Check overdelivery Relevant for picking StLocation required Determine SLoc AutoBatchDeterm 4. Choose Back. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1.SAP Best Practices Field Name Source 4. Save your settings. 5. Choose Back (F3) twice. 3.

. Make the following entries: Sales Org Dist Channel Division 1000 10 10 SAP AG µ ´ Field ame ¬ Transaction Code VOTX Description Standard Item IM ser action and values © ¤£¨ ¥¨§¦ ¥¤£¢ SAP P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide Change. 4. 5 SIS Configuration 3. select Item radio under Delivery and choose 3. Choose New Entries. Choose Save. double-click Text procedure assignment. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Text Control p Define and Assign Text Determination Procedures 3.1 se This activity will make the necessary settings at the header level for Sales Information System settings SIS eader Configuration Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. In the YBAO row. 3. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1.1 « « Vendas e distribuição p Funções básicas p Controle de texto p Definir e atribuir esquemas de texto 2. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: ® ­ IMG Menu Logistics General p Logistics Information System LIS) p Logistics Data arehouse p pdating p pdating Control p Settings: Sales p pdate Group p Assign pdate Group at Header Level Logística geral Sistema de informação para logística SIL) Logistics Data arehouse Controle da atuali ação Configurações Vendas Grupo de atuali ação Atribuir grupo de atuali ação a nível de cabeçalho OVRO ± ³ ³ ² ³ ° ° ° ° ¯ Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. account group customer or sales document type. In the Text object pane. 4. 5. Page 79 of 226 ª . Choose 6. for example. You assign a text determination procedure using certain keys. make the following entries: Item Cat YBAO 5. In the Dialog Structure pane. Back twice. TextDetermProcedure 02 3.The text types of a text object are grouped together in text determination procedures.

3.Customer Stats Group StatGrpSales Doc pdate Group Save. se SIS Item Configuration In this activity. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:  IMG Menu Logistics p General p Logistics Information System LIS) p Logistics Data arehouse p Updating p Updating Control p Settings: Sales p Update Group p Assign Update Group at Item Level Logística geral Sistema de informação para logística SIL) Logistics Data arehouse Controle da atuali ação Configurações Vendas Grupo de atuali ação Atribuir grupo de atuali ação a nível de item OVRP Ä Æ Æ Å Æ Ã Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. using the following data: Ê Field ame One 1000 1100) 10 10 Ë Dist Channel Division 10 10 10 10 SAP AG Page 80 of 226 Ë Ë Sales Org É Sales Org 1000 1100) È Ç Field ame À ¿ Field ame ser action and values ser action and values Two 1000 1100) ½ ¸·¼ ¹¼»º ¹¸·¶ SAP P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide Three 1000 1100) ¾ . Choose New Entries. Choose 5. 3. Make the following entries: Dist Channel Division Customer Stats Group CustGroupMaterial StatGrpSales Doc StatGrpDocumentItm Update Group 4. Choose Back. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. using a StatGrpSalesDoc of 02 and an Update Group of 000002. 6. you make all the necessary settings at item level for the Sales Information System. 5. Choose Back. 6. Choose Save. Repeat steps 2 to 5. Á 1 01 000001 4. 10 10 1 1 01 1 000001 5. Repeat steps 2 to 5.

4.Customer Stats Group CustGroupMaterial StatGrpSales Doc StatGrpDocumentItm Update Group 3. 5. double-click Sales and Distribution. 6. Repeat steps 3 to 5. Procedure 1. S003 S003 Posting period K4 Asynchronous updating 2) Ý S004 S004 Posting period K4 Asynchronous updating 2) Ý SAP AG Ú Ù Menu IMG Logística geral Logistics Data arehouse Controle da atuali ação Ativar atuali ação Ú Atuali ação Page 81 of 226 Ú Ø Õ Field ame One 1 1 01 02 000002 Two 1 1 02 01 000001 Logistics General p Logistics Information System LIS) p Logistics Data arehouse p Updating p Updating Control p Activate Update Ó ÎÍÒ ÏÒÑÐ ÏÎÍÌ SAP P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide Three 1 1 02 02 000002 Ô . Choose 8. Double-click on Info Structure S001. make the following entries: Û Field name InfoStrc Period split Fiscal year variant Updating ser action and values S001 Posting period K4 Asynchronous updating 2) Ü 5. using the following data: Field name InfoStrc Period split Fiscal year variant Updating 7. . 3. Choose Save. Choose Continue. you activate the Sales Info Structures. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: × Ö IMG Menu Transaction Code SPRO / OMO1 2. In the Choose Activity dialog box. On the Parameters dialog box.1 Activate SIS Info Structures se In this activity. Back.

Choose New Entries. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics General p Handling Unit Management p Output p Maintain Output Determination for Handling Units p Maintain Output Determination Procedure Logística geral Administração de unidades comerciais Mensagens Atualizar determinação de mensagens para unidades comerciais Atualizar esquema de mensagens SM34 (Customizing Object VVC_T683_XX_V6) Menu IMG Transa tion Code 2. 3. Choose New Entries. you maintain the output determination procedure for shipping units. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Choose Save and then choose Back.Control Use In this activity. Highlight the row containing V10000 Header Output and then double-click Control data. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. 3.1 Maintaining output determination pro edures for outbound deli eries Use This activity defines output determination procedures for documents. then maintain the following data: à à Field Name Des ription User a tion and alues © SAP AG á Notes Page 82 of 226 .2 Maintaining Output Determination Pro edure for Shipping Units .SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.26 LE Output Control 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution p Shipping p Basic Shipping Functions p Output Control p Output Determination p Maintain Output Determination for Outbound Deliveries p Maintain Output Determination Procedure Logistics Execution Bases Controle de mensagens Determinação de mensagens Atualizar determinação de mensagens para entregas Atualizar esquema de mensagens SM34 (Customizing Object VVC_T683_XX_V2) Menu IMG Transa tion Code Þ ß 2.26.26. and maintain the following data: Step 10 30 50 Cntr 1 0 1 Ctyp LD00 WMTA YBL1 Requirement 1 32 1 4.

5. Choose New Entries. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code 3. you maintain the copy control for sales document type QT. 9. Choose Save. then maintain the following data: Step 10 Cntr 30 Ctyp MALB Requirement 6. 5. Choose Save and then choose Back. Save. QT QT 001 051 101 001 Selected Choose Back. 3.Procedure Descript. 000001 Standard 4. Maintaining Copy Control for Sales Documents QT Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. 8. Choose 7. 3. 7. 10.1 se In this activity. Highlight the row you just created and then double-click Control Data. ì Sales and Distribution p Sales p Maintain Copy Control for Sales Documents Vendas e distribuição Venda para docs. Choose New Entries. Double-click Copying Control: Sales Document to Sales Document. Select the row you just created and then in the Dialog Structure pane. 4. Make the following entries: Target SalesDocType From SalesDocType Copying requirements Data transfer VBAK Data transfer VBKD Data transfer VBPA Copy Item u mber 6.vendas VTAA Atuali ar controle de cópia ë 2. double-click Item. 7 Sales Order Processing II 3. Choose Display p Change. Make the following entries: ItemCatProposal Item Category AGN AGN SAP AG é äãè åèçæ åäãâ SAP P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide Page 83 of 226 ê . Choose New Entries.

Select the row you just created and then in the Dialog Structure pane. Repeat these steps for the following information: Target SalesDocType From SalesDocType Copying requirements Data transfer VBAK Data transfer VBKD Data transfer VBPA Copy Item u mber ø Proposed item cat Item category Copying Reqmts Data Xfer VBAP Data Xfer VBKD Data Xfer VBPA Data Xfer FPLA Copy Sched lLines pdate Doc Flow ù AGC AFC 301 151 102 002 251 X X AGN AFN 301 151 102 002 251 X X AGNN AFNN 301 151 102 002 251 X X X AFTX 301 151 102 002 251 AFX 301 151 102 002 251 X X SAP AG ÷ Pos. 13. DataT Copying Requirements 16./neg. Choose Back twice. BN BN 201 501 17. Choose New Entries. 18. 12. Make the following entries: SchdLneCatProposal Sched. 14.Line Cat. Choose Back.Copying Reqmts Data Xfer VBAP Data Xfer VBKD Data Xfer VBPA Data Xfer FPLA Copy Sched Lines pdate Doc Flow ö Pricing type 11. 15. Choose Save. double-click Schedule Line. quantity ô ïîó ðóòñ ðïîí SAP P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide 301 151 102 002 251 X X D QT IN 001 051 101 001 Selected Page 84 of 226 õ . Choose Save.

se Assigning Item Categories This activity will assign item categories to sales documents. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Sales Document Item p Define Item Categories Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas do documento de vendas Definir categorias de item VOV7 Item SAP AG Page 85 of 226 £ B £ £ £ ¥ ¤ £ üû  ý ÿþ ýüûú SAP P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide ¡ ¢ . Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. DataT Copying Requirements BP 201 501 3. 7.Pos./neg.3 se Defining Item Categories This activity will define item categories. Choose New Entries.Line Cat. Choose NORM YBNA Save. 3. quantity Pricing type B B D AT 201 501 D Sched. TAN AFN TAP TAQ TANN TAW DSI TAO YBAO Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Sales Document Item p Assign Item Categories Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas do documento de vendas Definir categorias de item SM30 Customi i ng Object V_T184) Item 3. Make the following entries: Sales Item Default Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Document Category Item Item Item Item Item Item Item Item Type Group Category category category category category category category category OR IN 4. 7.

Packaging del. 7.Relevan ne Cost active Type t     ¨§ © ©¨§¦ SAP P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide Screen Specia Seq. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. Make the following entries: YB1 YB2 YB01 YB05 YBAB YBAO B F X X X X X X X X X X X X X N N N X A I Y1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X N N N E Item category YB1 YB2 YB01 YB05 YBAB YBAO 4. Description 3rd Party with SN 3rd Party w/o SN Ret. Back. Batch Split Item Bought-In Item Free of Charge Item 3. Choose 5. Choose Save.2. Choose New Entries. you define the rules that should be used to perform automatic partner determination.Line Wght/Vol Determi Credit categoryRelevance Plan item Allowed . Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Partner Determination p Set Up Partner Determination Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação de parceiro Definir determinação do parceiro SM34 Customi ing Object VC_TPAR_VP SAP AG Page 86 of 226  Item Billing Billing Pricing BusinessSched.4 Setting up Partner Determination Procedure Assignment for Item categories se In this activity. 3.Gr l Stoc p  .

On the Change View Partner Determination Procedures´: Overview screen select N Standard item). On the Customi ing Text Determination screen. 7. Make the following assignments: Item category YB1 YB2 YB01 YB05 YBAB Description T T N N T 3. select Sales Document Item and choose Change. 3. On the Choose Activity screen choose Set Up Partner Determination for Sales Document Item. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 1. 4. SAP AG 4 2 Transaction Code VOTX 10 3. From the dialog structure on the left of the screen. choose Text procedure assignment. Item category YB1 YB2 YB01 YB05 YBAB YBAO 5. 5.5.5 Maintaining Item Category Assign Text Determination Procedure se In this activity. . 01 01 01 TextDetermProcedure 01 01 Result The text determination procedure is assigned. you assign the text determination procedure to item categories. 3. choose Partner Determination Procedure Assignment. 4. Make the following assignments.2. From the dialog structure on the left of the screen.1 Vendas e distribuição pFunções básicas pControle de texto p Definir e atribuir esquemas de texto & ( ! % "%$# "!  3 SAP P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide ) Page 87 of 226 ' . Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Text Control p Define and Assign Text Determination Procedures 2. Choose Save.

On the Change View: ³Header´: Overview screen. Pro edure Carry out the following steps: 1. Make the following assignments. you assign incompleteness procedures to item categories.7 Maintaining Copying Control Deli ery Do ument to Billing Do ument Use In this activity you specify copy controls. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Sales and Distribution p Billing p Billing Documents p Maintain Copying Control For Billing Documents Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Documentos de faturamento Atualizar controle de cópia para docs. Make the following entries: © SAP AG 9 Target Bill Type From Deli ery Assignment Number Referen e Number Copying requirements 6 6 Item ategory 8 7 5 In ompletion pro edure 6 Page 88 of 226 . Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Basic Functions p Log of incomplete item l p Assign Incompleteness Procedures Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Dados incompletos Atribuir esquemas de dados incompletos VUP2 2.27. On the Choose Activity screen choose Assign procedures to the item categories. YB1 YB2 28 28 YB01 YB05 YBAB 20 28 3.faturamento VTFL Transa tion Code 2.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.6 Use Assigning In ompleteness Pro edures In this activity. 4.27. Pro edure 1. mark the relevant lines with billing type and delivery type in the dialog box Header. Choose Copying Control: Delivery document to billing document in the dialog box Choose Activity. 3. 3.

Type F2 F8 LF LF 003 009 5. On the Change View Item´: Overview screen make the following entries: Target ill Type y F2 F2 F2 F8 F8 F8 From Delivery Type Item Category LF LF LF LF LF LF TAN TANN TAQ TAN TANN TAQ Note that the Billing quantity is set to G Cumulative batch quantity minus invoiced quantity) to allow the billing of batch split items. Select the relevant combinations and double click on Item in the Dialog Structure. 6. SAP AG G Q I BAF CFED CBA@ P SAP P i Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide Bill Qty G G G D D D VBRK/VB RP 001 001 Page 89 of 226 H . 7. Save your settings.

Returns BR Intercompany Billing BR No. Assgn. 3.1 Billing: Do ument Types Pro edure 1. In the dialog box.Fill-up NF for Ship TO NF Transfer Credit Memo BR Debit Memo BR Cr.Issue NF Consign.8 Use The purpose of this activity is to define billing types.4 PREPARE SD BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION (O035) 3. Item no. SD BILLING 3.8. choose the activity Define Billing Types.27.27. On the Change View ³Define Billing Types´: Details screen. choose New Entries.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 1. On the Change View ³Define Billing Types´: Overview screen. in rement . Dely Invoice BR NF Consign. make the entries: Number systems F2B FA FAR FC FCR FST FTB G2B L2B 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 1 © SAP AG Page 90 of 226 T Billing Type S Billing Type F2B FA FAR FC FCR FST FTB G2B L2B REB YIV R Des ription Nota Fiscal Advance Invoice BR Fut. 4. Range int. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transa tion Code Sales and Distribution p Billing p Billing Documents p Define Billing Types Vendas e distribuição p Faturamento p Documentos de faturamento p Definir tipo de documento de faturamento SPRO / VOFA 2. Make the following entries: 4.

pay.SAP Best Practices Billing Type REB YIV General Control Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide No. procedure A E F Page 91 of 226 U V Other fields leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank Other fields leave blank leave blank leave blank .Determ.pric. Billing type S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S2 S1 S2 IVS U U U Billing Type SD do . 19 19 Item no.cards A00001 A00001 A00001 U Billing Type Can .Pro A t. Transa . in rement F2B FA FAR FC FCR FST FTB G2B L2B REB YIV Cancelation M M M M M M M O P O I 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 X F2B FA FAR FC FCR FST FTB G2B L2B REB YIV Account assignment/pricing F2B FA FAR KOFI00 KOFI00 KOFI00 © SAP AG UU U UU Billing Type A t. List type LR LR LR LR LR LR LR LG LR LG LR Rel. Cat.det. Group Post. Blo k Stat. Range int. Assgn. In . For rebate X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Other fields leave blank Doc.

det. Choose Save.Proc KOFI00 KOFI00 KOFI00 KOFI00 KOFI00 KOFI00 KOFI00 KOFI00 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Acct. Partn.pric.SAP Best Practices Billing Type FC FCR FST FTB G2B L2B REB YIV Output/partners/texts Applicatio n Acct. 6. Proced. © SAP AG Page 92 of 226 Other fields leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank . procedure M K A A Other fields leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank leave blank Text det. Proced. Item Deli ery text 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 X Output determ. F2B FA FAR FC FCR FST FTB G2B L2B REB YIV V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 V3 V3 V3 V3 V3 V3 V3 V3 V3 V3 V3 RD00 RD00 RD00 RD00 RD00 RD00 RD00 RD00 RD00 RD00 RD00 FK FK FK FK FK FK FK FK FK FK FK FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 5. Choose Back. Text determ Proced Output type Billing Type Head.cards A00001 A00001 A00001 A00001 A00001 A00001 A00001 A00001 I Doc.pay. Item partn.Determ.

Seq. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Configuration p Sales and Distribution Basic Functions p Log of Incomplete Terms p Define Incompletion Procedures Configuration p Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas p Dados incompletos p Definir esquemas de dados incompletos OVA2 2. w. Ft 4.1 Incompletion Log Use In this IMG activity. Procedure 1. NF RTP Ret. NF Return with Cust. w. then New Entries (F5). Select each one of the entries above and double click on Fields. Proced. Select A: Sales Header. 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 © SAP AG Table VBAK VBAK VBKD VBKD VBKD VBKD VBAK VBAK VBAK VBAK VBAK VBKD VBKD VBKD VBKD VBKD Field Name AUDAT WAERK BSTKD INCO1 PRSDT ZTERM AUDAT GUEBG GUEEN VSBED WAERK BSTKD INCO1 KURSK PRSDT ZTERM Status group 1 3 1 4 4 3 1 4 4 2 4 1 4 3 4 4 Send warning Screen KKAU KKAU KBES KDE3 KKAU KDE3 KKAU KKAU KKAU KDE2 KKAU KBES KDE3 KKAU KKAU KDE3 Process. Enter the following entries: Incomp.9. and enter the following entries: In Procedure 11 12 14 15 JC JH JP JQ JS Description Standard Order Outline Agreement Credit Memo Debit Memo Order with Cust. Cust.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3. NF Simp. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Page 93 of 226 X X X X . Select Change (Ctrl + F4). Own NF Order f.9 SD SALES DOCUMENTS 3. you define the incompleteness procedures that should apply to the various incompleteness objects.27. 3.27. and double click on Procedures. NF RTP Ret.

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X X X X X X X X X X X 5. Select Change (Ctrl + F4). Choose Save. and double click on Procedures. Proced. Select B: Sales Item. 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15 JC JC JC JC JC JC JC JH JH JH JH JH JH JH JP JP JP JP JP JP JP JQ JQ JQ JQ JQ JQ JQ JS JS JS JS JS JS Table VBAK VBAK VBAK VBKD VBKD VBAK VBAK VBAK VBKD VBKD VBAK VBAK VBAK VBKD VBKD VBKD VBKD VBAK VBAK VBAK VBKD VBKD VBKD VBKD VBAK VBAK VBAK VBKD VBKD VBKD VBKD VBAK VBAK VBAK VBKD VBKD VBKD VBKD VBAK VBAK VBKD VBKD VBKD VBKD Field Name AUDAT AUGRU WAERK KURSK PRSDT AUDAT AUGRU WAERK PRSDT ZTERM AUDAT WAERK XBLNR BSTKD INCO1 PRSDT ZTERM AUDAT WAERK XBLNR BSTKD INCO1 PRSDT ZTERM AUDAT WAERK XBLNR BSTKD INCO1 PRSDT ZTERM AUDAT WAERK XBLNR BSTKD INCO1 PRSDT ZTERM AUDAT WAERK BSTKD INCO1 PRSDT ZTERM Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Status group 1 3 3 3 3 1 4 3 3 3 1 3 2 1 4 4 3 1 3 2 1 4 4 3 1 3 2 1 4 4 3 1 3 2 1 4 4 3 1 3 1 4 4 3 Send warning Screen KKAU KKAU KKAU KKAU KKAU KKAU KKAU KKAU KKAU KDE3 KKAU KKAU KBUC KBES KDE3 KKAU KDE3 KKAU KKAU KBUC KBES KDE3 KKAU KDE3 KKAU KKAU KBUC KBES KDE3 KKAU KDE3 KKAU KKAU KBUC KBES KDE3 KKAU KDE3 KKAU KKAU KBES KDE3 KKAU KDE3 Process. Seq. and enter the following entries: In Procedure Description © SAP AG Page 94 of 226 . then New Entries (F5). 7.SAP Best Practices Incomp. 6.

Enter the following entries: Incomp. Proced. B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 BC BC BC BC Table VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBKD VBKD VBKD VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBKD VBKD VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP Field Name ANZSN ARKTX BRGEW J_1BCFOP J_1BTAXLW1 J_1BTAXLW2 J_1BTXSDC KWMENG NETWR NTGEW OBJNR PRSOK TECHS VSTEL WERKS INCO1 PRSDT ZTERM ANZSN ARKTX BRGEW J_1BCFOP J_1BTAXLW1 J_1BTAXLW2 J_1BTXSDC KWMENG PRSOK TECHS VSTEL WERKS ARKTX J_1BTXSDC PRSOK WERKS PRSDT ZTERM ANZSN ARKTX BRGEW J_1BCFOP Status group 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 6 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 3 1 3 3 3 3 2 6 2 2 4 4 3 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 3 Send warning Screen POTO PKAU PDE2 PLND PLND PLND PLND PKAU PKON PDE2 PKNT PKON POEF PDE2 PDE2 PDE3 PKAU PDE3 POTO PKAU PDE2 PLND PLND PLND PLND PKAU PKON POEF PDE2 PDE2 PKAU PLND PKON PDE2 PKAU PDE3 POTO PKAU PDE2 PLND Process./Packaging BR Third-Party Item BR Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 8. Seq.SAP Best Practices In Procedure B1 B2 B3 BC BT Description Standard Item BR Free of Charge BR Value Item BR Cons. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X © SAP AG Page 95 of 226 . Select each one of the entries above and double click on Fields.

Seq. check the sales orders types configurations and change them if necessary. BR Corr. On screen Modificar visão ³Atualização dos tipos de ordem: Síntese ´. TipoDV COB CRB CXB DLB DRB Sched.vendas VOV8 2. f. BR Denominação © SAP AG Page 96 of 226 . Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution Sales Sales Documents Header Define Sales Document Types Sales Document Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Definir tipos de doc. BC BC BC BC BC BC BC BC BC BC BC BC BC BC BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT Table VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBKD VBKD VBKD VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBAP VBKD VBKD Field Name J_1BTAXLW1 J_1BTAXLW2 J_1BTXSDC KWMENG NETWR NTGEW OBJNR PRSOK TECHS VSTEL WERKS INCO1 PRSDT ZTERM ARKTX J_1BCFOP J_1BTAXLW1 J_1BTAXLW2 J_1BTXSDC PRSOK WERKS PRSDT ZTERM Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Status group 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 6 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 2 4 4 Send warning Screen PLND PLND PLND PKAU PKON PDE2 PKNT PKON POEF PDE2 PDE2 PDE3 PKAU PDE3 PKAU PLND PLND PLND PLND PKON PDE2 PKAU PDE3 Process.27.2 Maintain Sales Order Types Use The sales documents types represent the different business transactions in Sales and perform a central controlling function for the entire sales order process. Procedure 1. Proced. 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 3.9. Agreement BR Credit Memo Req. Error BR Dely w/o Order BR Debit Memo Req.SAP Best Practices Incomp.

SAP Best Practices TipoDV DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR YCO Header Sales Doc Type COB CRB CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR YCO Number systems Sales Doc Type Internal range Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Denominação Debit Memo Req.f.merc Rem. Pack.p/ cta. Pickup BR Standard Order BRA Rem.p/cta. Returns Customer NF Returns Own NF Venda a Ordem BR Future Dlvy Sales Future Dlvy Shipment Quotation BR SD document categ E K K C L L C C C C C L H H C L C B Other fields« blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank External range Item increment Sub-item increment © SAP AG Page 97 of 226 . simpl. BR Consignment Issue BR Consignment Sales BR Ret.e ord.

Check di ision Item di ision Output applic.SAP Best Practices Sales Doc Type COB CRB CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR YCO General Control Internal range 07 13 13 01 15 15 01 01 13 01 01 15 13 13 01 15 01 05 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide External range 08 14 14 02 16 16 08 08 14 02 02 16 14 14 02 16 02 90 Item increment 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Sub-item increment 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Check credit limit Ref. Mandatory Read inforecord Sales Doc Type Probabi. Credit group COB CRB CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB M M M M M 2 2 M M 1 1 M M 100 100 100 100 0 0 100 100 100 100 100 0 100 100 A V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank C V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 © SAP AG Page 98 of 226 Other fields .

Scr Sales Doc Type Incompl. ProdAttr messag A A A A Display range Screen seq. Credit group VDOR VEF VEFR YCO Transaction Flow M 2 100 0 V1 V1 01 V1 V1 X X X blank blank blank blank 2 100 070 X X X Outline agrmt mes Transactio n group Doc. Group COB CRB CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR YCO LP GA GA AU GA GA AU AU AU AU AU GA RE RE AU GA AU AU 12 14 14 3 0 0 0 A A A A A A K M A A A A A A A E F A UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UALL UER2 UER2 UER2 UER2 UER2 UER2 UER2 UER1 UER1 UER1 UER1 UER1 UER1 UER1 UER1 UER2 UER1 UER2 blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank 15 15 0 0 0 11 0 0 11 JC JS JH 14 11 JS 11 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 Sceduling Agreement Sales Order Type COB CRB CXB DLB DRB All Fields« blank blank blank blank blank © SAP AG Page 99 of 226 Other fields Other fields . Mandatory Sales Doc Type Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Check credit limit Read inforecord Probabi. Procedu.SAP Best Practices Ref.pric procedure Fcode for o er . Check di ision Item di ision Output applic.

SAP Best Practices Sales Order Type DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM LAB REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR YCO Shipping Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide All Fields« blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank COB CRB CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR YCO Billing LF LF LF LR LF LF LR LR LF 01 LF LF 01 © SAP AG W Sales Order Type Deli ery Type W Shipping conditions Immediate deli ery Other fields« blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank Page 100 of 226 .

type CndType line items Billing block COB CRB CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR YCO F2B G2B G2B FTB FTB L2B L2B FCR FC REB F2B FST FCR FC REB F2B FST F2B REB REB F2B FA FAR F2B REB REB F2B FA FAR F2B YIV IV IV IG IG IV IV IV EK02 EK01 EK02 02 EK02 EK02 EK01 02 08 08 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 IV IV IV IV 09 09 EK01 EK01 02 02 01 01 03 03 01 01 08 08 02 02 01 01 03 03 01 01 blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank Requested delivery date/purchase order date Sales Order Type COB CRB CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB Propose del. Date X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Date Type Other fields« blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank © SAP AG Page 101 of 226 Other fields Billing plan type Billing plan type Paymt card plan type Order-rel billing type Sales Doc Type Checking group .bill. Proc Interomp.SAP Best Practices Dl -rel billing type Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Paymt guarant.

order type Other fields blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank SD SD blank blank blank blank blank 3. Date X X X X Date Type Other fields« blank blank blank blank Subs. vAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Sales Sales Documents Sales Documents Header Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types © SAP AG Page 102 of 226 .3 Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types (BR) Use In this menu option. Choose Back. Choose Save. you allocate the allowed order types to each sales area. DR Billing request Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Propose del. Procedure 1. 8.27.SAP Best Practices Sales Order Type VDOR VEF VEFR YCO Contract TipoOrd COB CRB CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR YCO 7.9.

On the Change View: Sales Documents. 3.: Overview screen. you assign the pricing procedures to the transactions by defining the following dependencies: y y y Customer Sales document type Sales area Page 103 of 226 © SAP AG X Sales Document Type QT COB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR CRB CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB YCO .SAP Best Practices Menu IMG Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Cabeçalho de documento de vendas Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas SPRO / SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVAKZ) Transaction Code 2. choose New Entries and make the following entries: Reference Sales Organization 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Reference Distribution Channel 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Reference Di ision 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 4. choose Assign sales order types permitted for sales areas. Allowed Order Types per Sales Org. In addition.4 Assign Price Procedure to Billing type Use You define the pricing procedures in this step.27.9. In the Choose Activity dialog box. 3. Choose Save and then choose Back.

Double click in: Assign procedures to the sales document types On screen Modificar visão ³Error Logs for Sales Documents Header: Overview´.Pric. 6. make the following entries: Sales Doc Type COB CRB Procedure 12 14 © SAP AG Page 104 of 226 . choose one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Assign Incompleteness Procedures Log of Incomplete Items Dados incompletos Vendas e Distribuição Funções básicas Atribuir esquemas de dados incompletos SPRO 2.5 Assign Incompletion Procedures For Sales Document Type Use In this step. Choose Save. To carry out the activity. Choose Back. 3.9. make the following entries: Billing Type Doc.27. choose one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution Master Data Basic Functions Pricing Control Define And Assign Pricing Procedures Pricing Vendas e Distribuição p Venda p Documentos de vendas p Item do documento de venda p Definir categorias de item SPRO 2. To carry out the activity. On screen Modificar visão ³Billing Types ± Billing Procedures ´ Overview. you assign procedures to the different incompleteness objects.Procedure F2B A FA E FAR F FC M FCR K FST A FTB A G2B L2B REB YIV I 5. Procedure 1.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Procedure 1.

Item BR ST. Choose Save.Agreem. To carry out the activity.ItmBR ST Item Batch BR ST Item BR ST Item Batch BR © SAP AG Page 105 of 226 .10. Procedure 14 15 15 11 11 JC JS JH 14 11 JS 11 10 3. Define Item Categories for sales order Procedure 1. choose one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution Sales Item Define Item Categories Sales Documents Sales Document Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Item do documento de vendas e distribuição Definir categorias de item SPRO / VOV7 Item Category KBNB KENB LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB Description Consignment Fill-up Consignment Issue RTP Pickup Brazil RTP Pickup stat. Choose Back.27.10 SD SALES DOCUMENT ITEM CATEGORIES 3. you assign procedures to the different incompleteness objects.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales Doc Type CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR YCO 3.1 Use In this step.StockTransf.27. NF Sched. 4.

rel e ance Credit act Business item Returns Special stock Pricing Item Category KBNB KENB LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB TBD TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBS TBX TANN General Control Item category W A A B B A J B B A B A A A A F A A X X X X X Y X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Y Y X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X All fields KBNB KENB LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank © SAP AG Page 106 of 226 Others Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank . Line allowed Bill rele an statistical ght/Vol. a terc.SAP Best Practices Item Category TBD TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBS TBX TANN Business Data Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Description Dienstleistung BR RTP Shipment BR RTP Statistic Brazil ST Item BR Consignment Fill-up Item rem. BR Non Stock Item BR Free of Charge Item Determ Cost Sched.

SAP Best Practices Item category RBB RBN TBB TBD TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBS TBX TANN Transaction Flow Itm Cat Incompl proced BC B1 B3 B3 22 20 B1 B1 B1 B3 B3 B3 B1 Partner Det Procedure N N N N N N N N N T N N B Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide All fields Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Text Det Procedure 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 Itm cat status grp Scr seq grp N N N N Others KBNB KENB LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB TBD TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBS TBX TANN Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank 1 1 2 2 1 1 N N N N N N N N 1 N BT 25 24 T N N 01 01 01 1 1 1 N N N Blank Blank Blank Bill of material / configuration Item Category KBNB KENB LANB All fields Blank Blank Blank © SAP AG Page 107 of 226 .

SAP Best Practices Item Category LBNL LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB TBD TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBS TBX TANN Value Contract Item Category KBNB KENB LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB TBD TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBS TBX TANN Service Management Item Category KBNB Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide All fields Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank All fields Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank All fields Blank © SAP AG Page 108 of 226 .

SAP Best Practices Item Category KENB LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB TBD TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBS TBX TANN Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide All fields Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Control of Resource-related billing and creation of quotations Item Category KBNB KENB LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB TBD TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBS TBX TANN All fields Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank © SAP AG Page 109 of 226 .

Choose Back. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.SAP Best Practices 2. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Vendas e Distribuição p Venda p Documentos de vendas p Item do documento de venda p Atribuir categorias de item Sales and Distribution Sales Documents Assign Item Categories SPRO Sales Documents Sales 2.2 Use Assign Item categories Here you can specify which item categories the system proposes during document processing for each sales document type and item category group. RBN TBX FREE FREE TBN TANN TBLL TBN RBN RBN © SAP AG Y Default Item Cat. 3. Choose Save.1 Manual Item cat. check the following entries and change them if necessary: Sales Doc Type KBB KEB LAB LAB LAB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB RCM RCM RCM RCM RCM RCM RCS RCS REB REB REB ROB ROB ROB VDOR Itm Categ.2 LANB RBN RBN TBN TBN TANN TANN TBN TAW TBNL TBNL TAW LANB LANB LANB LANB TANN Page 110 of 226 . On screen Modificar visão ³Item Category Assignment:Overview ´.10. Group NORM NORM LEIH LEIH VERP DIEN LEIH LEIH LEIS NORM NORM NORM NORM LEIH LEIS NORM NORM VERP VERP LEIS NORM LEIH LEIH NORM LEIH LEIH NORM NORM Usage High le el Item Cat. KBNB KENB LANB LANB LANB TBD TBLL TBLL TBD TBN TBN TBN TANN TBLL TBD TBNL TANN TBNL TBNL TBD L2N LBNL LBNL RBN LBNL LBNL RBN TBS Manual Item cat. Procedure 1.27.

Determ. they represent the different business transactions in the SAP System. 3. Stat. L2S TBD L2N L2N TBX TBLL TBD TBN Manual Item cat.SAP Best Practices Sales Doc Type VEF VEF VEF VEF VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR Itm Categ.10. Group LEIH LEIS NORM VERP DIEN LEIH LEIS NORM Usage Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide High le el Item Cat. Category J J J J J J T T J J J J J J J Mat. On screen Modificar visão ³Delivery Item categories ´: Overview. Nr 0 allow X Item cat. Procedure 1.1 TBLL TAW TBL TAW TBN TAW Manual Item cat. make the following entries: Material/statistics Item Category KBNB KENB LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBPS TBX Quantity Document. rule X 1 1 X 1 © SAP AG ` Default Item Cat.27. choose one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Logistics Execution for Deliveries Shipping Deliveries Define Item Categories Definir tipos de Logistics Execution Expedição item para fornecimentos SPRO 2. In connection with the delivery types.3 Use Define Item Categories for Deli ery In this menu option you define your item categories for deliveries.2 Fornecimentos Page 111 of 226 . To carry out the activity. group 1 1 1 1 Stk.

Batch determ X X X X X X X X X 02 © SAP AG a Rounding a a a others blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank X X X Page 112 of 226 .SAP Best Practices Item Category KBNB KENB LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBPS TBX Check quantity 0 A A A A A A A A A A A A Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Check minimun qty A A A A Check o erdeli ery A A A A A A ail Ck Off A A A A A A A A Warehouse control and packing Item Category KBNB KENB LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBPS TBX Transaction Flow Item Category KBNB KENB LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB TBL TBLL Text Determ. proced 02 02 Standard text Rele ant for picking X STLocation required X X X X X X X X X X X X X Determine SLoc X X X X X X X X X X X X X Auto.

© SAP AG Page 113 of 226 b ITCG NORM NORM NORM NORM 0001 ERLA LEER LEER NORM NORM NORM VERP VOLL Usg. . 3.27. Procedure Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menú IMG Transaction Code Logistics Execution p Shipping p Deliveries p Define Item Category Determination in Deliveries Logistics Execution p Expedición p Entregas p Definir tipos de posición para entregas 0184 On the Change View ³Delivery item category determination´: Overview screen.10.10.SAP Best Practices Item Category TBN TBNL TBPS TBX Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Text Determ. proced 02 Standard text 3.5 Use The purpose of this task is to assign schedule line categories. ITHLV ITMC TAN CHSP PACK PSEL V CHSP V V KLN KLN DLN TAX TAPS NLC NLC NLCU NLCG NLCZ ULN CHSP V NLC NLC DLX V NLCG Assign Schedule Line . Make the following entries: Dl T LF LF LF LF YNLC YNLC YNLC YNLC YNLC YNLC YNLC YNLC YNLC Choose Save Choose Back .4 Use Defining Item Category Determination in Deli eries This step defines item category determination in deliveries.27. choose New Entries.

E1 E0 E0 E0 E0 C1 C0 C0 C0 C0 F3 F2 F2 F2 F2 F3 F2 F2 F2 F2 CP CN CV CV CV NN DN DN CP CN CP CP CV CV CV CP E2 Man. Make the following entries: Item Category KBNB KBNB KBNB KBNB KBNB KENB KENB KENB KENB KENB LANB LANB LANB LANB LANB LBNL LBNL LBNL LBNL LBNL LPNB LPNB LPNB LPNB LPNB NLNB RBB RBN TBB TBB TBB TBB TBB TBB TBB TBD TBL MRP Type ND VB VM VV ND VB VM VV ND VB VM VV ND VB VM VV ND VB VM VV Prop.sched. 3. line categ. E0 C0 F2 F2 CN CN CN ND P1 P2 VB VM VV E3 © SAP AG Page 114 of 226 . line categ. choose New Entries.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Procedure 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution p Sales p Sales Documents p Schedule Lines p Assign Schedule Line Categories Vendas e distribuição p Venda p Documentos de vendas p Divisões da remessa p Atribuir categorias de divisões de remessa SPRO 2.sched. On the Change View ³Assign Schedule Line Categories´: Overview screen.

E2 TBN TBN TBN TBN TBN TBN TBNL TBNL TBNL TBNL TBNL TBNL TBNL TBPS TBPS TBX CP CN CP CP CV CV CV CP CN CP CP CV CV CV PP PN CX CN CN CN CN CN CN 3.1 Use Here. Assign Nota Fiscal to Sales Order Procedure 1. E2 E2 E2 E2 E3 E2 E2 E2 E2 Man. you can assign nota fiscal types to sales document types.sched. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Billing Billing Documents Countryspecific Features Country-specific Features for Brazil Specify Nota Fiscal Category Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Documentos de faturamento Características especiais do país Propriedades específicas de país . Enter the following data: Sales Doc Type NF Type © SAP AG Page 115 of 226 . line categ. line categ.27.Brasil Determinar tipo nota fiscal SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.SAP Best Practices Item Category TBL TBL TBL TBL TBLL TBLL TBLL TBLL TBLL y T B N ND P1 P2 VB VM VV ND P1 P2 VB VM VV ND MRP Type ND VB VM VV ND VB VM VV Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Prop.11.sched.11 SD LOCALIZATION BRAZIL ASSIGN NF 3.27.

2 Use Maintain Sales Document Item Category In this activity. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Billing Billing Documents specific Features Country-specific Features for Brazil Sales Document Item Category CountryMaintain IMG Menu Transaction Code Enter the following data: Sales Doc COB COB COB CRB CRB Item categ LPNB TBB TBLL G2N G2W © SAP AG NF item type 1 1 21 1 1 NF CFOP Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Documentos de faturamento Características especiais do país Propriedades específicas de país ± Brasil Atualizar ctg.27. you assign an item type and a main partner function (for example.item doc. ship -to party) to a combination of sales order type and item category.SAP Best Practices Sales Doc Type COB COB CRB CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR NF Type N1 N1 N3 N3 N1 N2 N2 N1 N1 N5 N1 N1 N1 N4 N5 N1 N1 N1 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3. Procedure 1. You can also assign SD tax codes and specify whether the system is to calculate statistically the ICMS and IPI taxes.11.vendas SPRO Main Partner RE RE RE RE RE Tax code ICMS stat ICMS law IC0 IPI stat IPI Law IP0 ISS law Cofins law PIS law 3rd party C0 IC4 IC0 IC0 X IP1 IP0 IP0 Page 116 of 226 .

27.11.SAP Best Practices NF item type 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 52 51 21 1 1 1 YS 21 1 1 63 21 63 62 62 21 1 1 1 21 1 1 1 61 41 42 42 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales Doc CXB CXB CXB DLB DLB DLB DLB DRB DRB DXB DXB DXB DXB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB RCM RCM RCM RCS RCS REB REB REB REB ROB ROB ROB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR VEFR Item categ TBB TBD TBN L2N L2W NLC NLNB L2N L2W L2N L2W TBB TBD TBN KBNB KENB LANB TANN TAPS TBB TBD TBLL TBN TBX TBB TBLL TBNL L2N RBB LBNL RBB RBN RENN LBNL RBB RBN RENN TBS L2N TBB TBN NF CFOP Main Partner RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE WE WE WE WE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE RE WE RE WE WE Tax code I9 ICMS stat ICMS law IC0 IC0 IC0 IC0 IC0 IC0 IPI stat IPI Law IP0 IP0 IP0 IP0 IP0 IP0 ISS law Cofins law PIS law 3rd party I9 I3 C0 X 2 I3 Z9 C0 I3 I0 I0 I0 I0 I3 C0 X X IC0 IC0 IC0 IC0 IC4 IC4 IC0 IC0 IC0 IC0 IC4 IC0 X X X IP0 IP0 IP0 IP0 IP1 IP1 IP0 IP0 IP0 IP0 IP1 IP0 IS0 C01 P01 X X X IC0 X IP0 C0 X IP1 I3 I0 X IC4 IC0 IC0 X X IP0 IP1 IP1 3. you specify: © SAP AG Page 117 of 226 .3 Use Maintain Billing Types In this activity.

Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu IMG p Sales and Distribution Billing Billing Documents Country-specific Features Country-specific Features for Brazil Maintain Billing Types IMG p Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Documentos de faturamento Características especiais do país Propriedades específicas de país ± Brasil Atualizar tipos documento de faturamento SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code Enter the following data: Billing Type NF rele ance X X X X X X X X X X X X Main partner id WE RE WE RE WE WE WE WE RE RE WE RE Text id header Counter header text 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Text id lines F2B FA FAR FC FCR FST FTB G2B L2B REB S1 YIV Counter text lines 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3.item de faturamento SPRO Page 118 of 226 .11. Procedure 1.SAP Best Practices y y Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Which billing types the system is to create a nota fiscal for Which partner functions and which manual texts appear in the nota fiscal Procedure 1.Brasil Atualizar ctg.27.4 Use Maintain Billing Document Item Category Here. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Billing Billing Documents specific Features Country-specific Features for Brazil Billing Document Item Category CountryMaintain Menu IMG Transaction Code Enter the following data: © SAP AG c Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Documentos de faturamento Características especiais do país Propriedades específicas de país . you can define whether a combination of billing type and sales item category is nota fiscal relevant.

11.5 Use © SAP AG Maintain Automatic Nota Fiscal Texts d Page 119 of 226 .SAP Best Practices Billing Type F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B FA FAR FC FCR FST FST FST FTB FTB G2B G2B L2B L2B REB REB REB REB REB S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Item Category L2N LPNB TAN TANN TAPS TBB TBD TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBS L2N TBN KENB KBNB TBB TBLL TBNL NLC NLNB G2N G2W L2N L2W LANB LBNL RBB RBN RENN G2N G2W KBNB KENB L2N L2W LPNB NLNB TBB TBD TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBS NF rele ance X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 3.27.

Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components General Application Functions Nota Fiscal Sales and Distribution .documentos de faturamento Atualizar textos de cabeçalho nota fiscal automáticos SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code Enter the following data: Sales Doc Type COB CXB DXB KEB ORB RCM RCM RCM RCS RCS RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR Seq. Procedure 1.Billing Documents Maintain Automatic Nota Fiscal Header Texts Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Vendas e distribuição . no for text 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 30 10 20 30 10 10 10 10 10 Text Scheduling Agreement number: & Exchange Rate: & Exchange Rate: & Simples Faturamento de mercadoria em Consignação Exchange Rate: & Mercadoria que lhe foi vendida por & Conforme nota fiscal & Do & Mercadoria que tem sido remetida ao destinatario Nota fiscal acima referida O destinatário é & Order Reason: & Exchange Rate: & Goods will be sent directly by & on our expense Sem valor para acompanhar o produto Mercadoria p Sem valor para acompanhar o produto Mercadoria p Argument SCHDAGR_NO CURR_RATE CURR_RATE CURR_RATE BILL_TO NF_REF DATE_REF SHIP_TO ORD_REASON ORD_REASON VENDOR © SAP AG Page 120 of 226 .SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Here. you can assign nota fiscal header texts to sales order types.

XE XX ZF X X AM Amazon X 3.27.1 Use The purpose of this activity is to define the copy control for the billing type to invoice the pallets not returned based on customers invoice.6 Define Brazilian Tax Regions and Assign to Geograph. Procedure 2.27.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.EU Foreign trade .12 SD Copy control for documents 3. Regions Use Here.vendas VTAF 2. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Basic Settings Brazil Define Brazilian Tax Regions and Assign to Geograph.12. Select Copying Control: Billing Document to Sales Document and maintain data as follows on the screen Header Overview: Target Sales Document Type Source Billing Type © SAP AG Page 121 of 226 . Maintain Copy Control Billing to Sales Document Procedure 1.) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Configs.27.US Zona Franca Manaus Region Description Tax-Free Zone BR BR BR Choose Save.11.globais Brasil Definir regiões fiscais do Brasil e atribuir regiões geográficas SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code Enter the following data: Country Tax region Tax Region Description Foreign trade . you can assign tax regions for the country. Regions Contabilidade financeira (nv. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution p Sales p Maintain Copy Control for Sales Documents Vendas e distribuição Venda Documentos de vendas Atualizar controle de cópia para docs.

type Ref.bill. Type Update Doc flow X X X X X X X X X X Other fields.billing doc. Ref. type CRB CRB CRB CRB CRB CRB CRB CRB CRB CRB Ref. Repeat steps 2 to 3 with the following data: Target sls doc.type Copying requirements Data transfer VBAK Data transfer VBKD Data transfer VBPA Copy item number Item Target doc. Value CRB F2B 021 053 103 003 X F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B LPNB G2N TBLL LBNL TANN G2N TATX G2TX TBB TBD TBN G2N G2N G2N 303 303 302 303 302 303 303 303 303 303 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 D D D D D D D D D D blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank TBNL G2N TBS TBX G2N G2W 4. type Ref.tp. Item Cat Copying requiremts DataT VBAP DataT Business data 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 DataT VBPA Pric. doc. Item Cat Def. Select screen Header Details and make the following entries: Description Target sls doc.SAP Best Practices CRB Credit Memo BR Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide F2B Nota Fiscal 3.billing doc.type Copying requirements Data transfer VBAK Data transfer VBKD Data transfer VBPA Copy item DRB F2B 021 053 103 003 X CXB F2B 021 053 103 003 X DXB F2B 021 053 103 003 X KEB FCR 021 053 103 003 X RCS FST 021 053 103 003 X REB F2B 021 053 103 003 X ROB F2B 021 053 103 003 X VEFR FA 021 053 103 003 X © SAP AG Page 122 of 226 .

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide DataT VBAP DataT Business data 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 DataT VBPA Pric.SAP Best Practices number Item Target doc. type CXB CXB CXB CXB CXB CXB CXB CXB CXB DRB DRB DRB DRB DRB DRB DRB DRB DRB DRB DXB DXB DXB DXB DXB DXB DXB DXB DXB KEB KEB KEB KEB KEB Ref. Item Cat Def. F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B FCR FCR FCR FCR FCR LPNB G2N TANN G2N TATX G2TX TBB TBD TBN TBNL TBS TBX TBB TBD TBN TBNL TBS TBX G2N G2N G2N G2N G2N G2W G2N G2N G2N G2N G2N G2W 303 302 303 302 303 303 303 303 303 302 303 303 303 303 303 303 302 303 303 303 302 303 302 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 302 303 303 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D B D D D D blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank TBLL LBNL LPNB G2N TANN G2N TATX G2N LPNB G2N TANN G2N TATX G2TX TBB TBD TBN TBNL TBS TBX G2N G2N G2N G2N G2N G2W KBNB KENB LPNB G2N TANN G2N TATX G2TX TBB G2N © SAP AG Page 123 of 226 . Type Update Doc flow X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Other fields.bill. Item Cat Copying requirents. doc.tp Ref.

type KEB KEB KEB KEB KEB RCS RCS RCS RCS RCS RCS RCS RCS RCS REB REB REB REB REB REB REB REB REB REB REB REB ROB ROB ROB ROB ROB ROB ROB ROB ROB Ref. doc. Type Update Doc flow X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Other fields.tp Ref. Item Cat G2N G2N G2N G2N G2W Copying requirents. FCR FCR FCR FCR FCR FST FST FST FST FST FST FST FST FST F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B 303 303 303 303 303 303 302 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 302 303 302 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 302 303 302 303 303 303 303 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank LPNB G2N TANN G2N TATX G2TX TBB TBD TBN TBNL TBS TBX G2N G2N G2N L2N G2N G2W LPNB G2N TANN G2N TATX G2TX TBB TBD RBB RBN TBLL LBNL TBN YB1 YB2 TBNL TBS TBX L2N RBN RBN RBN G2N G2N G2W TBN LPNB G2N TANN G2N TATX G2TX TBB TBD YB1 YB2 RBB RBN RBN RBN TBLL LBNL © SAP AG Page 124 of 226 .SAP Best Practices Target doc. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide DataT VBAP DataT Business data 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 DataT VBPA Pric. Item Cat TBD TBN TBNL TBS TBX Def.bill.

bill. Maintain data as follows on the screen Header Overview: Target LF Deli ery Type Delivery 3. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Logistics Execution p Shipping Copy Control for Delivery p Copying Control p Specify Logistics Execution Expedição Controle de cópia Determinar controle de cópia para fornecimentos VTLA 2.SAP Best Practices Target doc.tp Ref.27. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide DataT VBAP DataT Business data 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 DataT VBPA Pric. Type Update Doc flow X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Other fields.2 Use Maintain Copy Control Sales Document to Deli ery The purpose of this activity is to define Copy Control of special sales order type to Delivery for pallets return. Item Cat TBN TBNL TBS TBX L2N L2S Def. Procedure 1. type Value LF ORB © SAP AG e Source ORB Sales Document Type Standard Order BRA Page 125 of 226 . Select screen Header Details and make the following entries: Description Target delivery type Source sls doc.12. doc. F2B F2B F2B F2B FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 302 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 D D D D B B D D D D D D D D D blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank LPNB G2N TANN G2N TATX G2TX TBB TBD TBN TBNL TBS TBX G2N G2N G2N G2N G2N G2W 3. type ROB ROB ROB ROB VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR Ref. Item Cat RBN G2N G2N G2W TBN TBLL Copying requirents.

quantity + + + + + + + + + + + + + © SAP AG f Source sls doc. System Business data Update flow Pos. Doc. type Order requirements Combination requirmt Data transfer VBAK Item Target Deli . quantity 5.SAP Best Practices Order requirements Combination requirmt Data transfer VBAK 001 051 001 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 4. LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF Source doc. Select the following Target and Source Sales Document and choose the Item Overview screen to entry additional Item Categories. Repeat steps 2 to 3 with the following data: Target deli ery type Source sls doc. KBB KBB KBB KBB KBB KBB KBB KBB KBB KBB KEB KEB KEB Item Categ TBN TBNL TBPS TBX KBNB TANN TATX TBB TBL TBLL KBNB KENB TANN Order requiremts 101 101 101 102 101 101 102 101 101 101 101 101 101 Item data 101 101 110 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 Item Ext. Target Deli ery Document LF Outbound Delivery Item Category TBN Order requirements Item data Item Ext./neg. System 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Business data 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Update flow X X X X X X X X X X X X X Pos./neg. ORB Standard Order BRA Description ST Item BR 101 101 0 2 X + f LF KBB 001 051 001 LF KEB 001 051 001 LF RCM 001 051 001 LF VEFR 001 051 001 LR REB 001 051 001 LR ROB 001 051 001 f Page 126 of 226 .

SAP Best Practices Target Deli . LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LR LR LR LR LR LR LR LR LR Source doc. quantity + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + © SAP AG g Page 127 of 226 . Doc./neg. KEB KEB KEB KEB KEB KEB KEB KEB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB RCM RCM RCM RCM RCM RCM RCM RCM RCM RCM REB REB REB REB REB ROB ROB ROB ROB Item Categ TATX TBB TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBPS TBX TBB KBNB TANN TATX TBL TBLL TBNL TBPS TBX KBNB TANN TATX TBB TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBPS TBX LANB LBNL RBB RBN RETX LANB LBNL RBB RBN Order requiremts 102 101 101 101 101 101 101 102 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 102 101 101 102 101 101 101 101 101 101 102 101 101 101 101 102 101 101 101 101 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Item data 101 101 101 101 101 101 110 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 110 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 110 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 Item Ext. System 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Business data 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Update flow X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Pos.

ROB VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR VEFR Item Categ RETX KBNB TANN TATX TBB TBL TBLL TBN TBNL TBPS TBX Order requiremts 102 101 101 102 101 101 101 101 101 101 102 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Item data 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 110 101 Item Ext. You must also make specifications for copying requirements and transferring data.12. On screen Modificar visão ³Cabeçalho .vendas doc. Doc.faturamento VTFA 2. Procedure 1. as well as quantity and value updates in document flow. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Billing p Billing Documents p Maintain Copying Control For Billing Documents Vendas e distribuição p Faturamento p Documentos de faturamento p Atualizar controle de cópia para docs.3 Use You can specify for a particular billing type what document type is to be assigned to copied reference documents and which item categories are to be copied.síntese´. Do this for each copying procedure at header and item level on the appropriate detail screen.SAP Best Practices Target Deli .. LR LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF Source doc. make the following entries: Cabeçalho Targ bil G2B L2B REB REB G2B L2B Source Sales Order CXB DXB REB ROB CRB DRB Copying requirements 001 001 001 001 001 001 Copy item number X X X X X X Other fields.faturamento p Controle de cópia: doc.27. quantity + + + + + + + + + + + 3../neg. System 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Business data 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 2 Update flow X X X X X X X X X X X Pos. blank blank blank blank blank blank © SAP AG h Maintain Copy Control Sales Document to Billing Menu IMG Transaction Code Page 128 of 226 .

SAP Best Practices Targ bil F2B F2B FA Item Tar g bil Sourc e Sales Order CRB CRB CRB DRB DRB DRB DRB ORB ORB RCS RCS RCS RCS VEF VEF VEF VEF CXB CXB CXB DXB DXB DXB DXB REB REB REB REB Item cat Copying require m 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 028 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 Source Sales Order ORB RCS VEF Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Copying requirements 001 001 001 Copy item number X X X Other fields. quantity + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Pricin g type Other fields.../neg . blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank G2B G2B G2B L2B L2B L2B L2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B FA FA FA FA G2B G2B G2B L2B L2B L2B L2B REB REB REB REB G2N G2TX G2W G2N G2TX L2N L2W TBD TBS G2N G2TX L2N L2W G2N L2N L2S L2W G2N G2TX G2W G2N G2TX L2N L2W LBNL RBB RBN RET X D D D D D D D G G D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D © SAP AG Page 129 of 226 .. blank blank blank VBRK / VBRP 003 002 002 002 002 003 003 003 000 002 002 002 002 002 003 003 002 003 002 002 002 002 003 002 003 002 002 002 Billing quanti l A A A A A A A A F A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Pos. .

4 Use Maintain Copy Control Deli ery to Billing In this menu option. Do this for each copying procedure at header and item level on the appropriate detail screen. Pricing quantity type + B Other fields../neg.27. make the following entries: Cabeçalho F2B FAR FC FCR REB Item Target billing type F2B LF LF LF LF LR Source deli ery LF © SAP AG p Target billing type Source deli ery Copying requirements 003 003 003 003 014 Determ.12. you define control data for the document flow of billing documents.. You can specify for a particular billing type what document type is to be assigned to copied reference documents and which item categories are to be copied. Procedure 1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution p Billing p Billing Documents p Maintain Copying Control For Billing Documents Vendas e distribuição p Faturamento p Documentos de faturamento p Atualizar controle de cópia para docs.faturamento VTFL Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.export data Item Category DLN Copying requirements 004 Data VBRK/VBRP #001 i Assignment Number E E E E Reference number A A A A Copy item number X X X X X Billing quantity B Pos.síntese´. as well as quantity and value updates in document flow. blank blank blank blank REB REB REB REB LBNL RBB RBN RET X D D D D 3. On screen Modificar visão ³Cabeçalho . quantity + + + + Pricin g type Other fields./neg .doc. You must also make specifications for copying requirements and transferring data. blank p Page 130 of 226 .SAP Best Practices Tar g bil Sourc e Sales Order ROB ROB ROB ROB Item cat Copying require m 002 002 002 002 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide VBRK / VBRP 003 002 002 002 Billing quanti l A A A A Pos.faturamento p Controle de cópia: nota de remessa .. .

./neg. Pricing quantity type + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + G G G G G G G G G B G G G G G G G G G B G G G G G G G G B G G G G G G Other fields..SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B F2B FAR FAR FAR FAR FAR FAR FAR FAR FAR FAR FC FC FC FC FC FC FC FC FC FCR FCR FCR FCR FCR FCR FCR LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF © SAP AG q Target billing type Source deli ery Item Category KENB LPNB TATX TBB TBN TBX TANN TBNL YBTA DLN KENB LPNB TANN TATX TBB TBLL TBN TBNL TBX DLN KENB LPNB TANN TATX TBB TBN TBNL TBX DLN KBNB KENB LPNB TANN TATX TBB Copying requirements 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 Data VBRK/VBRP #001 #001 #003 #007 #003 #001 #003 #007 #003 #001 #001 #001 #001 #001 #007 #003 #003 #007 #001 #001 #003 #001 #001 #001 #007 #007 #007 #001 #001 #003 #001 #001 #001 #001 #007 Billing quantity B B G B G G G B G B B B B B B G G B G B G B B B B B B G B G B B B B B Pos. blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank Page 131 of 226 .

12. blank blank blank blank Page 132 of 226 . 4.vendas VTAA 2.5 Use Maintain Copy Control Sales Doc. Field name Item Category User action and alues TBN (ST Item BR) © SAP AG t s r Target billing type Source deli ery Item Category TBN TBNL TBX TBLL Copying requirements 004 004 004 004 Data VBRK/VBRP #007 #007 #001 #003 Billing quantity B B G G Pos. On the News Entries: Detail of Added Entries screen. to Sales Doc. click on the New entries./neg. On the Change View ³Header´: Overview screen. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution p Sales p Maintain Copy Control for Sales Documents Vendas e distribuição p Venda p Atualizar controle de cópia para docs.. Pricing quantity type + + + + G G G B Other fields. 3. click on the New entries. The purpose of this activity is define control data for the document flow of Sales Document. Double click on Item folder. On the Change View ³Item´: Overview screen.. and make the following entries: Field name Target SalesDocT From SalesDoc Typ DataT (1) DataT (2) DataT (3) Copying requirement Copy item number Complete reference User action and alues ORB (Standard Order BRA) YCO (Quotation BR) 051 101 001 001 X Blank 5.27.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide FCR FCR FCR F2B LF LF LF LF Result After these configuration all prerequisites for Copying Control for Billing Document maintenance are completed. Copying Control: Sales Document to Sales Document 3. Procedure 1.

3.LOCALIZATION BRAZIL . On the Change View ³Field Catalog (Pricing Sales/Distribution)´: Overview screen enter the following data: Field ADDNR AKTNR ALAND ANZSN AUART AUART_SD AUBEL AUGRU AUPOS BELNR BEMOT BONUS © SAP AG u Page 133 of 226 .28 SD TAXBRA ± Localization Brazil 3.1 Field Catalog Use Before you create a new condition table.28. you should check whether the fields listed in the field catalog meet your requirements.SAP Best Practices Field name DataT (1) DataT (2) DataT (3) FPLA Copying requirements Copy schedule lines Update document flow Pricing type Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues 151 102 002 251 301 X X A 3. If you require a field in pricing which is not intended for this usage in the standard system. Procedure 1. You can only enter fields from tables KOMG. Choose Enter.28. KOMK or KOMP.1. you must enter it in the field catalog.1 SD TAXBRA .PART 1 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Pricing Pricing Control Define Condition Tables Create condition tables Conditions: Allowed fields Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação do preço Determinação do preço Definir tabelas de condições Condições: Campos permitidos SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.

SAP Best Practices BRSCH BWTAR BZIRK CHARG CITYC CMPGN_ID COUNC CUOBJ DELCO DOCTYP DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 EAN11 GZOLX HIENR HIENR01 HIENR02 HIENR03 HIENR04 HIENR05 HIENR06 HIENR07 HIENR08 HIENR09 HIENR10 HIENR11 HIENR12 HIENR13 HIENR14 HIENR15 HWAER INCO1 INCO2 J_1ADTYP J_1AFITP J_1AGICD J_1AREGIO J_1ARFZ J_1ATXREL J_1BTXSDC J_1ISTCODE KBSTAT KDATU KDGRP KDKG1 KDKG2 KDKG3 KDKG4 KDKG5 KDKGR KEXCL_D KFRST KNRZE Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide © SAP AG Page 134 of 226 .

SAP Best Practices KNUMA KNUMA_AG KNUMA_PI KONDA KONDM KPOSN KSTAF KUNAG KUNNR KUNRE KUNRG KUNWE LAND1 LIFNR LLAND LOC_PR LOC_SE MATKL MATNR MBWNR MEINS MOGRU MTORG MTUSE MWSKZ OWNPR PLTYP PLTYP_P PMATN POSNR PRODH PRODH1 PRODH2 PRODH3 PROVG PSTLZ PWGGR REGIO RESWK REVKO REVTW RKE_WWRST SPART STEUC TAXBS TAXGROUP TAXK1 TAXK2 TAXK3 TAXK4 TAXK5 TAXK6 TAXK7 TAXK8 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide © SAP AG Page 135 of 226 .

2 Define Sequence for SD Tax Code Determination Use In Sales and Distribution (SD). the system derives the tax code from either the item category or the customer-material info record. 3. © SAP AG Page 136 of 226 .28.1.SAP Best Practices TAXK9 TAXM1 TAXM2 TAXM3 TAXM4 TAXM5 TAXM6 TAXM7 TAXM8 TAXM9 TKONN TPOSN TXJCD TXREG_SF TXREG_ST UKONM UPMAT VARCOND VBELN VGBEL VGPOS VKAUS VKBUR VKGRP VKORG VKORGAU VRKME VSBED VTWEG WAERK WERKS WGHIE WGRU1 WGRU2 WKCOU WKCTY WKREG WMINR XSUBT YMVGR1 ZZDAMAGE 4. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Result The field catalog is now available.The purpose of this activity is to define the sequence in which the system accesses these sources. Choose Save.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Basic Settings (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Calculation Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Define Customer Groups for SubTrib Calculation Contabilidade financeira (novo) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Definir grupos de clientes para cálculo sub. The message ³Conditions records saved´ appears. Grupo 1 Sub. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Basic Settings (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Calculation Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Define Sequence for SD Tax Code Determination Contabilidade financeira (novo) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Definir seqüência da determinação do cód. Group 001 002 003 X Name Sub.3 Define Customer Groups for SubTrib Calculation Use This activity will define ³Define Customer Groups for SubTrib Calculation´.1. On the Change View ³ Sequence for tax code determination´: Overview make the following entries: Seq.Trib. 4.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Procedure 1. Trib.imposto SD SPRO IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.28.trib. Ex. On the Change View ³ Customer Groups for Substituição Tributária´: Overview make the following entries: Sub.Trib. X © SAP AG Page 137 of 226 . Choose Save. Grupo 2 Sub. 3.Trib. exempt Sub. Procedure Carry out the following steps: 5. Result The sequence for tax code determination is now available. Grupo 3 Sub. in tax code determination 1 2 Source for tax code determination 1 Customer Material Information 0 Item Category Table 3. Trib.Trib. SPRO IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code 6.

SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.4 Define Access Sequences Use I this IMG activity you define the access sequences for condition types that will be used in pricing procedures. On the Change View ³ Sequence for tax code determination´: Overview make the following entries: BRCO: Brazil COFINS Step Tab. Condition 5 346 0 X ALAND DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 15 346 ALAND DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 89 346 0 X ALAND DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP I/O = Field Assignment Doc.Struc. Doc. Condition I/O Field Assignment Doc. Procedure 1. Doc. Req.Struc.Field Constant BR KOMP MATNR X X 5 BR KOMP MATNR X X 15 BR X X X 89  = = = =  = = = =  = = = DIBR : Brazil Taxes Due Step Tab.Field Constant © SAP AG Page 138 of 226 . The access sequence is a search strategy which the SAP System uses to search for condition records valid for a condition type.28. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution Access Sequences Basic Functions Pricing Control Define Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Controle da determinação de preço SPRO Determinação do preço 2. Excl. Excl. Req.1.

Req. Excl. Doc. Req. Condition I/O = ALAND J_1BTXSDC Field Assignment Doc. Condition 5 382 0 X ALAND DOCTYP I/O = Field Assignment Doc.Field Constant BR 0 © SAP AG v TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 10 382 ALAND DOCTYP    = = = = KOMP KOMP KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST MATNR X X 5 BR 0 TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 15 382 ALAND DOCTYP     = = = KOMP KOMP KOMP KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST MATNR STEUC X 10 BR 0 TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 89 382 ALAND DOCTYP    = = = = KOMP KOMP KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST MATNR X X 15 BR 0 TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1    KOMP KOMP KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST MATNR Page 139 of 226 . Doc.Struc.Field J_1BTXSDC Constant BR KOMP 105 291 X  ICL : Brazil COFINS Step Tab. Excl.Struc.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Tab.

Doc. Condition 5 601 0 X ALAND TXJCD DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 99 392 0 X ALAND I/O = = KOMP KOMP LOC_PR MATNR X X 5 BR Field Assignment Doc. Req. Condition 5 601 0 X ALAND TXJCD DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP I/O = = KOMP KOMP LOC_SE MATNR X X 5 Field Assignment Doc. Excl.Field Constant X X 15 BR 0 98 382 ALAND DOCTYP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 99 291 X ALAND MWST   = = = = = KOMP KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST X X X 98 BR  KOMK MWSKZ ISS1: Brazil ISS at ser ice pro ider Step Tab. Req. Req. Ser . Pro ided Step Tab.Struc. Doc.Field Constant BR ISS2 : Brazil ISS wh.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Tab.Field Constant BR © SAP AG x w x w  = = = =  = = = Page 140 of 226 . Doc. Condition DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP I/O = = = = Field Assignment Doc.Struc. Excl.Struc. Excl.

Struc.Struc. Condition 1 002 X ALAND TAXK1 TAXM1 I/O Field Assignment Doc. Excl. Req. Condition 105 291 X ALAND J_1BTXSDC I/O = Field Assignment Doc. Req. Req. Excl. 5 346 DIBR : Brazil Taxes Due Step Tab. Req. Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant BR KOMP MATNR X X 5  = = =  I/O = Doc. Excl. Excl. Excl.Field Constant BR      Page 141 of 226 . Tax Det. Doc.Field ALAND TAXK1 TAXM1 Constant ICCB ± BR: ICMS Offsetting Entry Step Tab. Doc. Step Tab.Field Constant BR 99 392 0 X ALAND BR T : Brazil Step Tab. Condition 0 X ALAND DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP I/O = Field Assignment Doc.Struc.Struc. Doc. Field Assignment Condition 1 390 0 X ALAND IBRX ± Brazil Ext.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Tab.Field J_1BTXSDC Constant BR KOMP IBRR ± Brazil: 100% offset Step Tab. Condition 10 349 0 X ALAND TXREG_ST MATNR I/O = Field Assignment Doc. Condition I/O = Field Assignment Doc. Req.Field TXREG_ST MATNR Constant BR KOMP KOMP © SAP AG y y HT Req.Struc. Excl. KOMK KOMK KOMP Doc.

Excl. Req. Doc.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Tab. Excl.Field Constant BR 0 KOMP KOMP KOMP    = = = = =  © SAP AG Page 142 of 226 .Struc. KOMK KOMK Doc. Req. Excl. Req.Struc.Struc. Condition 5 382 0 X ALAND DOCTYP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 98 382 0 X ALAND DOCTYP TXREG_SF I/O = = TXREG_SF TXREG_ST MATNR X X 5 BR 0 KOMP TXREG_SF Field Assignment Doc.Field ALAND TAXK3 BR 0 KOMP KOMP KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST MATNR X X 5 BR 0 KOMP KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST X X X 98 BR Constant   = =    = = = = =   = = = = = ICVA ± BR: ICMS Tax Rates Step Tab. Doc. Condition 1 341 X ALAND TAXK3 5 382 0 X ALAND DOCTYP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 98 382 0 X ALAND DOCTYP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 99 392 0 X ALAND I/O Field Assignment Doc. Condition I/O = ALAND Field Assignment Doc.Field Constant BR 20 392 0 X ICBS ± BR: ICMS Tax Base Val Step Tab.

SAP Best Practices

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide

Step

Tab.

Req.

Excl. Condition TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP ALAND I/O

Field Assignment Doc.Struc. KOMP Doc.Field TXREG_ST X X X 98 BR Constant 

= = = = =

99

392

0

X

ICXC ± BR: Customer ICMS Exempt
Step Tab. Req. Excl. Condition 1 341 0 X ALAND TAXK3 I/O Field Assignment Doc.Struc. KOMK KOMK Doc.Field ALAND TAXK3 Constant 



IPBS ± BR: IPI Tax Base Value
Step Tab. Req. Excl. Condition 1 5 293 346 0 0 X X ALAND TAXK2 ALAND DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 97 346 0 X ALAND DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 99 392 0 X ALAND I/O = Field Assignment Doc.Struc. Doc.Field TAXK2 BR KOMP MATNR X X 5 BR KOMP STEUC X X 97 BR Constant BR KOMK 

= 

= = = = 

= = = =

IPL

© SAP AG

€

± BR: IPI Tax Laws
Tab. Req. Excl. Condition I/O = ALAND TAXK2 ALAND DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 Field Assignment Doc.Struc. Doc.Field TAXK2 BR KOMP MATNR X Constant BR KOMK

Step

1

293

0

X 

=

5

346

0

X 

=

Page 143 of 226

SAP Best Practices

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide

Step

Tab.

Req.

Excl. Condition DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP ALAND DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP I/O = = =

Field Assignment Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant X 5 BR KOMP STEUC X X 97 BR X X X 98 BR KOMK MWSKZ

97

346

0

X 

= = = =

98

346

0

X

ALAND DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP ALAND MWSKZ

=
= = = =

99

003

0

X 

IPVA ± BR: IPI Tax Rates
Step Tab. Req. Excl. Condition 1 5 293 346 0 0 X X ALAND TAXK2 ALAND DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 98 346 0 X ALAND DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 99 392 0 X ALAND I/O = Field Assignment Doc.Struc. Doc.Field TAXK2 BR KOMP MATNR X X 5 BR KOMP STEUC X X 98 BR Constant BR KOMK 

= 

= = = = 

= = = =

IPXC ± BR: Customer IPI Exempt
Step Tab. Req. Excl. Condition 1 293 0 X ALAND TAXK2 I/O Field Assignment Doc.Struc. KOMK KOMK Doc.Field ALAND TAXK2 Constant 



© SAP AG

Page 144 of 226

SAP Best Practices ISTC ± BR: ICMS Rates for Subtrib
Step Tab. Req. Excl. Condition 5 382 0 X ALAND DOCTYP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 98 382 0 X ALAND DOCTYP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 99 392 0 X ALAND

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide

Field Assignment I/O = = TXREG_ST TXREG_ST MATNR X X 5 BR 0 KOMP KOMP TXREG_ST TXREG_ST X X X 98 BR Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant BR 0 KOMP KOMP KOMP 

 
= = = = = 

 =
= = = =

ISTI ± BR: ICMS Rate for S.T
Step Tab. Req. Excl. Condition 5 382 163 X ALAND DOCTYP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP I/O = = TXREG_ST TXREG_ST MATNR X X 5 Field Assignment Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant BR 0 KOMP KOMP KOMP 

 
= = =

ISTV ± BR: Subtrib Surcharge
Step Tab. Req. Excl. Condition 5 382 0 X ALAND TXREG_SF TXREG_ST XSUBT DYNKEY1 I/O = Field Assignment Doc.Struc. Doc.Field TXREG_SF TXREG_ST XSUBT MATNR Constant BR KOMP KOMP KOMK KOMP 

  

© SAP AG

Page 145 of 226

SAP Best Practices

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide

Step

Tab.

Req.

Excl. Condition DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP I/O = = = =

Field Assignment Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant X X 5 BR KOMP KOMP KOMK TXREG_SF TXREG_ST XSUBT X X X 98

98

382

0

X

ALAND TXREG_SF TXREG_ST XSUBT DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 

  =
= = =

ISVA ± BR: ISS Tax Rates
Step Tab. Req. Excl. Condition 1 121 0 X ALAND MATNR 5 347 0 X ALAND TXREG_SF TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 DYNKEY2 DYNKEY3 TAXGROUP 99 392 0 X ALAND I/O = Field Assignment Doc.Struc. Doc.Field MATNR BR KOMP KOMP KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST MATNR X X 5 BR Constant BR KOMP 

= 

 
= = = =

IZOF ± Zona Franca
Step Tab. Req. Excl. Condition 5 394 0 X ALAND TXREG_ST I/O = Field Assignment Doc.Struc. Doc.Field TXREG_ST Constant BR KOMP 

3. Choose Save.

3.28.2 Use

SD TAXBRA - LOCALIZATION BRAZIL - PART 2

3.28.2.1 Define And Assign Pricing Procedure

© SAP AG

Page 146 of 226

000 Zona Franca 000 Devido ICMS Freight 000 © SAP AG  4 ERS 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 X 000 X X X X X X X X X X X X 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 160 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 Page 147 of 226 . the SAP System automatically determines which pricing procedure is valid for a business transaction and it takes the condition types contained in it into account one after the other. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Pricing Pricing Control Define And Assign Pricing Procedures Maintain Pricing Procedure Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação do preço Controle da determinação de preço Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo Atualizar Esquemas de Cálculo de Custos SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. Fill Up Special Surcharge Rebate Basis 198 199 00 DGTX General Taxability 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 220 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DICM ICVA ICBS ICOB IC0X I100 ICLW ISIC ISTD ICXC DIZF DICF Devido ICMS 000 ICMS Tax Rate 000 ICMS Tax Base 000 BR: ICMS other 000 base BR: ICMS 0 excempt 000 BR: ICMS 000 Convenio100 BR: ICMS Law 000 ICMS SF = ST 000 ICMS Rate S.from Gross 8 % Discount from Net 8 uantity Discount 8 8 45 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 X 000 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 000 002 002 002 002 002 002 X B 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 ERS ERS ERS ERS ERS Discount (Value) Consign.T. Procedure 1. you define which condition types should be taken into account and in which sequence. Write the procedure name with RVABRA and choose Enter then enter the following data: Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 001 007 008 010 010 010 010 010 045 50 50 50 50 50 51 60 00 00 00 01 01 02 03 04 00 0 1 2 3 4 VA00 EK01 PR00 ZPB0 ZPB1 ZPB2 ZPB3 RA01 RA00 RC00 RB00 YIPC YB01 000 Variant Price 000 Actual Costs 000 Price 000 Price w/o Taxes 000 Price+ISS 000 Price+PIS+COF 000 Price+ISS+PIS+COF 000 000 % Disc. During pricing.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide In the pricing procedure. 000 spec. On the Change View ³Procedures´: Overview Choose New Entry 3.

Trib MinPric 000 BR: Sub. surcharg 000 BR: Sub.T.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man.Trib 000 SurType BR: Sub.T. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 221 230 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 250 251 252 253 255 256 257 258 260 261 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 300 310 320 321 322 325 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ICFR DISI DIPI IPVA IPBS IPOB IPIP IP0X IPLW IPXC DCOF BCO1 BCO2 BCOP DPIS BPI1 BPI2 BPIP DISS ISVA ISVB ISVC ISVD ISVE ISVF ISVG ISVH ISVN ISVO ISVP ISVR ISVS ISVT DSUB ISTS ISTT ISTM ISTF ISTB IST2 ISTC ISTN ISTI DSUF BCPT ICMI K004 K007 K005 YG31 BR: ICMS on freight Devido ICMS s/IPI BR: Devido IPI IPI Tax Rate IPI Tax Base BR: IPI other base BR: IPI Pauta BR: IPI 0 excempt BR: IPI Law COFINS Due COFINS Rate COFINS Base COFINS Pauta Amount PIS Due 000 PIS Rate 000 PIS Base 000 PIS Pauta Amount 000 Devido ISS 000 BR: ISS amount ISS New 2004 001 ISS Rate at Provider 000 ISS Base at Provider 000 ISS Law at Provider 000 IPI from SD ISS Taxloc at Prov. ICMS BasRed 000 Subtrib. 000 000 Price+Tax (for NF) 000 001 Material 000 Customer Discount 000 Customer/Material 000 Product Discount 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 002 000 002 002 002 002 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 320 000 000 000 000 000 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 000 160 160 160 000 160 160 000 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 002 000 000 000 000 000 ERL ERS ERS ERS YG1 © SAP AG Page 148 of 226 .Bef. 000 ISS WHT at Prov. Minp. bas 000 BR: Sub.Minpr.Surch.T.Trib Base 2 000 S. red.T.Factor 000 S. ISS Rate at Service 000 ISS Base at Service 000 ISS Law at Service 000 ISS Law at Service 000 ISS Law at Service 000 ISS Law at Service 000 000 Brazil S.Trib FixPric 000 Brazil S.WHT at 000 Prov. 000 ISS Min.

BR ICMS Normal Base BR ICMS Exclude Base BR ICMS Other Base BR ICMS Amount 000 320 000 000 300 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 328 000 000 598 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 630 000 000 000 000 000 002 000 002 002 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 1 1 X X X X X 000 000 000 48 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 YG1 ERF 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 © SAP AG ‚ X MW2 MWS BR ICMS Freight Base BRICMS Freight 000 Amnt./Settlement Brazil Tax Calc. BR ISS WTAmount 000 Prov BR ISS Amount Serv 000 X 1 X X X X 1 X X X X X X X X 1 X X X X X X X X 1 1 1 1 MW3 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 MW1 BRJ MW3 MW3 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 MW1 MW4 MW4 MW4 MW4 Page 149 of 226 . Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 326 329 400 599 00 00 00 00 YBS1 KF00 AZ R 600 610 612 614 616 617 618 620 622 624 626 628 630 632 634 636 638 640 642 644 645 646 647 650 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 IBRX BX10 BX11 BX12 BX13 BXZF BX14 BX15 BX16 BX20 BX21 BX22 BX23 BX24 BX25 BX40 BX41 BX42 BX43 BX44 BX45 BX50 BX46 BXPA BX60 BX61 BX64 BX65 BX6A BX6B BX6E BX6F BX51 BX62 BX63 BX6C Product Discount Customer/Material Freight Down Pay. BR ICMS Rate 000 BR IPI Normal Base 000 BR IPI Exclude Base 000 BR IPI Other Base 000 BR IPI Amount 000 BR IPI Offset Base 000 BR IPI Offset 630 Amount BR SubTrib Base 000 BR SubTrib Amount 000 BR SubTrib Fr. 000 BR ISS ExBase 000 Prov.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man. Base 000 BR SubTrib Fr. Amnt 000 BRSubTrib NF Rate 000 BRSubTrib NF Basred1 BR ISS Base 000 BRSubTrib NF Basred2 000 BR ISS Base Prov. BR ISS WT Base 000 Prov BR ISS WT 000 ExBaseProv BR ISS Base Serv 000 BR ISS ExBase Serv 000 BR ISS WT Base 000 Serv BR ISS WT 000 ExBaseServ BR ISS Amount 000 BR ISS Amount 000 Prov.

Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 664 665 666 667 668 669 672 675 677 679 680 683 700 702 704 706 708 710 712 714 715 715 715 715 715 715 715 715 719 720 730 740 750 800 810 820 830 899 900 901 902 903 © SAP AG 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 BX6D BX6O BX70 BX71 BX72 BX7P BX7O BX80 BX81 BX82 BX8P BX8O IPI3 ICM3 ICS3 ISS3 ICZF IFR3 IFS3 ISSA ISSB ISSC ISSD ISSE ISSF ISSG ISSH ICMO YIPI DIFF SKTO VPRS EK02 EK03 WGEC WPIC WCOC WCSC BR ISS WTAmount 000 Serv BR ISS Offset TxIncl 660 BR COFINS Base 000 BR COFINS 000 ExclBase BR COFINS Amount 000 BR COFINS 000 PautaAmnt BR COFINS 668 OffTxIncl BR PIS Base 000 BR PIS Excl. 001 ISS WHT at 660 Serv.Trib.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man.cost WITHHOLDING 001 TAXES ON GROSS BR General WHT 000 Code BR PIS WHT Code 000 BR COFINS WHT 000 Code BR CSLL WHT 000 000 664 000 000 000 000 668 000 000 000 000 679 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 664 000 000 718 000 630 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 013 000 009 004 X X 000 164 164 164 164 1 1 X X 1 X 1 X X X 320 000 320 320 320 320 000 320 320 320 320 000 000 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 016 004 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 004 000 011 000 MW4 ISS COF COF PIS PIS WK3 BRI ERL ERS B B X X X X X X X X X 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 Page 150 of 226 .TxIncl 679 *** Tax Code 001 Conditions *** IPI from SD 001 ICMS from SD 001 Sub. 001 ISS WHT Again 001 Prov. 001 SrvLoc ISS WHT Again 001 SrvLoc ToTal Tax 702 ICMS offset 616 BR IPI Surcharge 630 Rounding Off 000 000 Cash Discount 000 Internal price 000 Calculated costs 000 Calculated ship.F.Loc.Base 000 BR PIS Amount 000 BR PIS Pauta 000 Amount BR PIS Off. ISS at Serv. ISS WHT Off. Prov.)001 STO ICMS on freight SD 001 ICMS ST freight Out 001 ISS at Provider 001 ISS WHT at Provider 001 ISS WHT Off. from SD 001 ISS from SD 001 ICMS Rev (Z. Loc.

BR COFINS WHT offset CSLL WHT CSLL WHT SD Offset BR CSLL WHT offset IR WHT 926 926 950 931 931 955 916 © SAP AG Page 151 of 226 . Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 920 921 925 926 930 931 935 936 940 941 942 945 946 947 950 951 953 955 956 957 960 00 00 00 00 WIRC WISC IGW6 IPW6 ICW6 ISW6 IRW6 DWHT BW51 BXWT BXWA BW01 BW02 BW11 BW12 BW21 BW22 BW31 BW32 BW41 BW42 IGEW IGEQ BGEZ IPSW IPSQ BPSZ ICOW ICOQ BCOZ ICSW ICSQ BCSZ IIRW 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Code BR IR WHT Code 000 BR ISS WHT Code 000 GeneralWHT Code 000 accu PIS WHT Code accu 000 COFINS WHT Code 000 accu CSLL WHT Code 000 accu IR WHT Code accu 000 BR ISS WHT Code WHT Due 000 WHT Acc.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man. 921 921 000 000 000 000 000 000 900 901 000 900 901 000 900 901 000 900 BR PIS WHT Offset 945 COFINS WHT COFINS WHT Accum. 916 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 941 000 000 946 000 000 951 000 000 956 000 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 1 000 2 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 900 901 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 900 901 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 160 160 005 005 000 005 000 005 000 005 000 005 000 005 WG3 WG5 164 000 000 164 000 000 164 000 000 164 000 WG4 WP3 WP5 WP4 WC3 WC5 WC4 WS3 WS5 WS4 WI3 X X X BR General WHT off 940 PIS WHT PIS WHT .Code 001 CSLL WHT Rate CSLL 000 WHT Coll. WHT Rate Gen.Accum.Code 001 COFINS WHT Rate COFINS 000 WHT Coll. Flag BR WHT Base 000 Amount BR WHT Acc Base 000 Amt WHT Coll.Code IR 001 WHT Rate IR 000 916 General WHT General WHT Accum. 000 WHT Coll.Code PIS 001 WHT Rate PIS 000 WHT Coll. Code 001 Gen.

Choose Save and then choose Back. 6. select the entry for procedure RVABRA and choose Copy As« 7. On the Change View ³Procedures´: Overview Choose New Entry 11. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 3. In the dialog box. 936 960 600 001 000 961 600 000 X 055 000 X 901 000 000 000 000 164 028 000 WI5 WI4 ERS 4. choose copy all. In the Choose Activity dialog box. On the Change View ³Procedures´: Overview screen.2. choose Maintain Pricing Procedures. 10. Procedure 1. 5. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 961 962 990 999 00 00 00 00 IIRQ BIRZ R100 BI00 IR WHT SD Accum. Overwrite the procedure name with YVABRA and choose Enter.2 Define Condition Types Use In this IMG activity you define the condition types that will be used in pricing procedures. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Sales and Distribution Condition Types Vendas e distribuição Basic Functions Funções básicas Pricing Control Define © SAP AG ƒ ƒ ƒ ƒ ƒ ƒ … „ Determinação do preço Page 152 of 226 . 8. 9. Write the procedure name with RVABR2 and choose Enter then enter the following data: Step Cntr Ctyp 7 10 10 10 10 40 40 40 40 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 VA00 ZPB0 ZPB1 ZPB2 ZPB3 RA00 RB00 RC00 RD00 Description Variant Price Price w/o Taxes Price ISS Price PIS COF Price ISS PIS COF % Discount from Net Discount (Value) uantity Discount eight Discount From To Man. Choose Save and then choose Back.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man.28. BR IR WHT offset 100% discount Dummy NonStatistic.

Brazil tax calc. from SD ISS offset CSLL WHT SD Offset ICMS Tax Rate BR Cust ICMS Exempt AcSq IBRX CalTy A B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A C A A A A A A A A CdCat D 1 1 1 D 1 D 1 1 1 1 D 1 D 1 D 1 1 D 1 D D D D D D 1 D D 1 D D D D D D 1 H D D 1 H D D D CCl D A A A D A D A A A A D A D A D A A D A D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D B A D D D A D D A RfCTy IBRX Rap V IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX V V IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX V V V IBRX IBRX DIBR DIBR DIBR DIBR DIBR IZOF DIBR DIBR IBRX DIBR ICBS ICCB ICCB ICVA ICLW IBRX V ICZF V IBRR ICVA IBRX IBRR IBRX ICVA ICXC IBRX V IBRX V © SAP AG Page 153 of 226 . BR ICMS Normal Base BR ICMS Exclude Base BR ICMS Other Base BR ICMS Amount BR ICMS Freight Base BR ICMS Freight Amnt.excmpt BR: ICMS on freight BR: ICMS Law ICMS from SD Price+Tax (for NF) ICMS offset BR: ICMS other base COFINS WHT .base BR: ICMS comp.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Controle da determinação de preço Definir tipos de condição Transaction Code SPRO 2.Accum.Trib. BR ICMS Rate BR IPI Normal Base BR IPI Exclude Base BR IPI Other Base BR IPI Amount BR SubTrib Base BR SubTrib Amount BR SubTrib Fr. Amnt BRSubTrib NF Rate BR ISS Base BR ISS Amount BR IPI Pauta Amount BR ICMS Zona Franca Devido ICMS Freight Devido ICMS BR: Devido IPI Devido ICMS s/IPI Devido ISS Zona Franca Devido Sub Trib Devido SubTrib Fr. On the Change View ³ Conditions:Condition Types´: Overview make the following entries: Ctyp BI00 BX10 BX11 BX12 BX13 BX14 BX15 BX16 BX20 BX21 BX22 BX23 BX40 BX41 BX42 BX43 BX44 BX50 BX51 BXPA BXZF DICF DICM DIPI DISI DISS DIZF DSUB DSUF IBRX IC0X ICBS ICCB ICCX ICFR ICLW ICM3 ICMI ICMO ICOB ICOQ ICS3 ICSO ICSQ ICVA ICXC Name Dummy Non-Statistic. Base BR SubTrib Fr. Sub. BR: ICMS 0 excempt ICMS Tax Base BR: ICMS comp.

ISS at Serv.Accum. Base reduct ICMS Rate for S.Accum.Trib FixPric S.SAP Best Practices Ctyp ICZF IFR3 IFS3 IP0X IPBS IPI3 IPIP IPLW IPOB IPVA IPXC ISIC ISS3 IST2 ISTB ISTC ISTD ISTF ISTI ISTM ISTN ISTS ISTT ISVA ICN3 ICW3 IGW3 IPS3 IPSQ IPW3 IRW3 ISA3 ISB3 ISE3 ISF3 ISSA ISSB ISSC ISSD ISSE ISSG ISSH ISSF ICOW IGEW IPSW IIRQ IIRW ICSW ISW3 Name ICMS Disc. SrvLoc ISS WHT Again SrvLoc ISS WHT at Serv. COFINS WHT General WHT PIS WHT IR WHT SD . BR: Sub. BR: Sub. Prov.Surch.Loc. Zona Fr.T.T. ISS WHT Off. Minp.Factor Subtrib Surcharge BR: Sub.Loc.Trib MinPric Subtrib. PIS WHT SD IR Withholding TaxSD ISS at Provider SD ISS WHT at Provider SD ISS at Service Loc SD ISS WHT at Service Loc SD ISS at Provider ISS WHT at Provider ISS WHT Off. ICMS on freight SD ICMS ST freight SD BR: IPI 0 excempt IPI Tax Base IPI from SD BR: IPI Pauta BR: IPI Law BR: IPI other base IPI Tax Rate BR Cust IPI Exempt ICMS Rate SF=ST ISS from SD BR: Sub.Trib SurType BR: ISS amount COFINS from SD COFINS Withholding TaxSD General WHT SD PIS Normal Tax PIS WHT . ISS WHT Again Prov. Trib Base Value Subtrib.Trib 2 Sub.Minpr.Bef. IR WHT CSLL WHT CSLL Withholding Tax SD Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide AcSq IZOF CalTy A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A C A C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A CdCat 1 1 1 D D 1 D D D D D D 1 D D D D D D D D D D 1 1 1 1 D 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D D D D D D D 1 CCl D D D D D D D D D D A D D D D D D D D D A D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D RfCTy Rap DIBR IPBS IPVA IPLW IPVA IPVA IPXC ISTC ISTV ISTV ISTV ISTI ISTV ISTV ISTV ISTV ISTV ISTV ISVA MWST MWST MWST MWST IBRX MWST MWST MWST MWST MWST MWST MWST MWST MWST MWST MWST MWST MWST IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX ICVA V IBRX V IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX V V V V V V V MWST © SAP AG Page 154 of 226 .

ISS Rate at Serv. ISS Ins. ISS WHT at Prov.Code Gen.Code IR WHT Rate IR BR ISS Base Prov Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide AcSq IBRR CalTy A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A C A A A A A B A A A A A A B A A C A A A A A A A A A A B CdCat 1 1 1 1 1 CCl D D D D D A A D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D B D D D D D D D D D D A ISVB ISVC ISVD ISVE ISVF ISVG ISVH V V V V V V V RfCTy ICMO Rap V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V IBRR IBRR IBRR IBRR IBRR IBRR IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX DIBR DIBR DIBR BRCO BRCO BRCO ISS1 ISS1 ISS1 ISS1 ISS1 ISS1 ISS2 ISS2 ISS2 ISS2 ISS2 ISS2 ISS2 BRPI BRPI BRPI BRWT BRWT BRWT BRWT BRWT BRWT BRWT BRWT BRWT BRWT D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D 1 ICMO ICMO ICMO ICMO ICMO ICMO IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX IBRX © SAP AG Page 155 of 226 . WHT Coll. ISS WHT at Serv. ISS Min WHT at Prov.SAP Best Practices Ctyp ICZ3 IGZ3 IPZ3 IRZ3 ISZ3 ICO2 IPS2 BGEZ BPSZ BCOZ BCSZ BIRZ ICW4 IPW4 ISW4 IRW4 IGW4 DCOF DPIS DWHT BCO1 BCO2 BCOP ISVB ISVC ISVD ISVF ISVG ISVH ISVN ISVO ISVP ISVQ ISVR ISVS ISVT BPI1 BPI2 BPIP BW01 BW02 BW11 BW12 BW21 BW22 BW31 BW32 BW41 BW42 BX60 Name COFINS WHT SD Offset General WHT SD Offset PIS WHT SD Offset IR WHT SD Offset CSLL WHT SD Offset COFINS Offset SD PIS Offset SD BR General WHT off BR PIS WHT Offset BR COFINS WHT offset BR CSLL WHT offset BR IR WHT offset COFINS WHT code PIS WHT code CSLL WHT code IR WHT code General WHT code COFINS Due PIS Due WHT Due COFINS Rate COFINS Base COFINS Pauta Amount ISS Rate at Prov. ISS Law at Prov. ISS Base at Prov. ISS Taxloc at Prov. ISS Taxloc at Serv. WHT Rate Gen.Cal at Serv.Code CSLL WHT Rate CSLL WHT Coll. ISS Base at Serv. ISS Law at Serv.Code COFINS WHT Rate COFINS WHT Coll. ISS Min WHT at Serv.Code PIS WHT Rate PIS WHT Coll. PIS Rate PIS Base PIS Pauta Amount WHT Coll.

Accum CSLL WHT SD . Fill Up BR IPI Surcharge BR COFINS WHT Code BR COFINS WHT Code BR CSLL WHT Code BR General WHT Code BR PIS WHT Code BR PIS WHT Code BR IR WHT Code BR ISS WHT Code COFINS WHT SD ± Acc General WHT SD ± Acc PIS WHT SD . COFINS WHT Code accu GeneralWHT Code accu PIS WHT Code accu IR WHT Code accu CSLL WHT Code accu Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide AcSq CalTy B B B B B B B B B B B A B B B A B B B B A B C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A CdCat 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D 1 1 1 D 1 H H H H D D H CCl A A A A A A A A A A A A A A D A A A A D A A B B B B A D A A A W W W W W W W W D D D D D W W W W W D RfCTy Rap IBRR ICMO V IBRX IBRR IBRX ICMO V V IBRX IBRR IBRX ICMO V V PR00 PR00 PR00 PR00 K004 IBRX IBRR IBRR J1AG IBRR J1AG J1AG J1AG IBRR J1AG J1AG MWST MWST MWST MWST MWST J1AG J1AG J1AG J1AG J1AG BRWT IBRX ICMO V V D D D D D D 1 1 1 1 1 D D D D D D WHT Acc. Consign. Base BR COFINS Amount BR COFINS Off. IR WHT SD . Costs General Taxability BR IPI offset mont.TxIncl BR PIS Pauta Amount Price w/o Taxes Price+ISS Price+PIS+COF Price+ISS+PIS+COF Surcharge ext.Accum. BR PIS Base BR PIS Excl.SAP Best Practices Ctyp BX61 BX62 BX63 BX64 BX65 BX6A BX6B BX6C BX6D BX6E BX6F BX6O BX70 BX71 BX72 BX7O BX7P BX80 BX81 BX82 BX8O BX8P ZPB0 ZPB1 ZPB2 ZPB3 YSEC DGTX BX25 YIPC YIPI WCOC WCOF WCSC WGEC WPIC WPIS WIRC WISC ICW5 IGW5 IPW5 IRW5 ISW5 ICW6 IGW6 IPW6 IRW6 ISW6 BW51 Name BR ISS ExBase Prov BR ISS Amount Prov BR ISS WTAmount Prov BR ISS WT Base Prov BR ISS WT ExBas Prov BR ISS Base Serv BR ISS ExBase Serv BR ISS Amount Serv BR ISS WTAmount Serv BR ISS WT Base Serv BR ISS WT ExBas Serv BR ISS Offset TxIncl BR COFINS Base BR COFINS Excl. Flag © SAP AG Page 156 of 226 . Base BR PIS Amount BR PIS Off.TxIncl BR COFINS Pauta Amt.Accum.

3.28.1 Assign Condition Types to Internal Codes for Tax Conditions In this IMG activity. Procedure 1.3 SD TAXBRA . On the Change View Map ³Internal Codes for Tax Conditions to Conditon Types´: Overview make the following entries: Internal TC Code ND CALCULATE_INCL_2 CALCULATE_TAX COFINSBASE COFINSLAW COFINSLAW COFINSPAUTA COFINSRATE ICMSBASE ICMSCOMPBASE ICMSCOMPEXEMPT ICMSCONV100 ICMSCUSTEXEMPT ICMSFREIGHT ICMSLAW ICMSNULLEXEMPT ICMSOTHER ICMSRATE ICMSRATE_INTRA ICMSSUBTRIB IPIBASE IPICUSTEXEMPT IPILAW IPINULLEXEMPT IPIOTHER IPIPAUTA Application V V V TX V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V Condition Type IBRX ICMI BCO2 BLCO BCOP BCO1 ICBS ICCB ICCX I100 ICXC ICFR ICLW IC0X ICOB ICVA ISIC ISTD IPBS IPXC IPLW IP0X IPOB IPIP © SAP AG Page 157 of 226 .28.PART 3 3. you can assign condition types to internal codes for tax conditions.internos para condições de impostos SPRO IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting Financial Accounting Global Settings Tax on Sales/Purchases Basic Settings Brazil Condition-Based Tax Calculation Assign Condition Types to Internal Codes for Tax Conditions Contabilidade financeira Configuração contabilidade financeira IVA Brasil Cálculo de imposto baseado em condições Atribuir tipos de condições a códs.LOCALIZATION BRAZIL .SAP Best Practices Ctyp BXWA BXWT Name BR WHT Acc Base Amt BR WHT Base Amount Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide AcSq DIBR CalTy A A CdCat D CCl D D RfCTy DWHT Rap V DIBR 3.

SAP Best Practices Internal TC Code IPIRATE ISSBASE_PR ISSBASE_SE ISSLAW_PR ISSLAW_SE ISSMINVALWT_PR ISSMINVALWT_SE ISSRATE ISSRATE_PR ISSRATE_SE ISSTAXRELLOC_PR ISSTAXRELLOC_SE ISSWITHHOLD_PR ISSWITHHOLD_SE NF_COFINS_AMOUNT NF_COFINS_BASE NF_COFINS_EBAS NF_COFINS_OFFSET NF_COFINS_PAUTA_RATE NF_ICMS_AMOUNT NF_ICMS_EBAS NF_ICMS_FREIGHT_AMOUNT NF_ICMS_FREIGHT_BASE NF_ICMS_NBAS NF_ICMS_OBAS NF_ICMS_RATE NF_ICMS_ZONAFRANCA NF_IPI_AMOUNT NF_IPI_EBAS NF_IPI_NBAS NF_IPI_OBAS NF_IPI_OFFSET_AMOUNT NF_IPI_OFFSET_BASE NF_IPI_PAUTA_RATE NF_ISS_AMOUNT NF_ISS_AMOUNT_PROV NF_ISS_AMOUNT_SERV NF_ISS_BASE NF_ISS_EBAS_PROV NF_ISS_EBAS_SERV NF_ISS_NBAS_PROV NF_ISS_NBAS_SERV NF_ISS_OFFSETS NF_ISS_WTAMOUNT_PROV NF_ISS_WTAMOUNT_SERV NF_ISS_WT_EBAS_PROV NF_ISS_WT_EBAS_SERV NF_ISS_WT_NBAS_PROV NF_ISS_WT_NBAS_SERV NF_PIS_AMOUNT Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Application V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V Condition Type IPVA ISVC ISVO ISVD ISVP ISVH ISVT ISVA ISVB ISVN ISVF ISVR ISVG ISVS BX72 BX70 BX71 BX7O BX7P BX13 BX11 BX15 BX14 BX10 BX12 BX16 BXZF BX23 BX21 BX20 BX22 BX25 BX24 BXPA BX51 BX62 BX6C BX50 BX61 BX6B BX60 BX6A BX6O BX63 BX6D BX65 BX6F BX64 BX6E BX82 © SAP AG Page 158 of 226 .

SAP Best Practices Internal TC Code NF_PIS_BASE NF_PIS_EBAS NF_PIS_OFFSET NF_PIS_PAUTA_RATE NF_SUBTRIB_AMOUNT NF_SUBTRIB_BASE NF_SUBTRIB_NFRATE NF_SUB_FREIGHT_AMOUNT NF_SUB_FREIGHT_BASE PISBASE PISLAW PISLAW PISPAUTA PISRATE SUBTRIBBASE1 SUBTRIBBASE2 SUBTRIBFIXPRICE SUBTRIBICMS SUBTRIBMINFACTOR SUBTRIBMINPRICE SUBTRIBSURCHARGE SUBTRIBSURCHIN SUBTRIBSURTYPE TAXFREEREGION TXSDCCOFINS TXSDCICMS TXSDCICMSFREIGHT TXSDCINDUS TXSDCIPI TXSDCISS TXSDCPIS TXSDCSUBTRIB TXSDCSUBTRIBFREIGHT TXSDCWHT TXSDTAXES WHTCOLL_COFINS WHTCOLL_COFINS WHTCOLL_CSLL WHTCOLL_CSLL WHTCOLL_GEN WHTCOLL_GEN WHTCOLL_IR WHTCOLL_IR WHTCOLL_PIS WHTCOLL_PIS WHTRATE_COFINS WHTRATE_COFINS WHTRATE_CSLL WHTRATE_CSLL WHTRATE_GEN Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Application V V V V V V V V V V TX V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V TX V TX V TX V TX V TX V TX V TX V TX Condition Type BX80 BX81 BX8O BX8P BX41 BX40 BX44 BX43 BX42 BPI2 BLPI BPIP BPI1 ISTB IST2 ISTF ISTC ISTN ISTM ISTS ISTI ISTT DIZF DCOF DICM DICF DISI DIPI DISS DPIS DSUB DSUF DWHT DGTX BW21 BW21 BW31 BW31 BW01 BW01 BW41 BW41 BW11 BW11 BW22 BW22 BW32 BW32 BW02 © SAP AG Page 159 of 226 .

Procedure 1.3. On the Change View ³ Map Tax rate tables to Condition Tables´: Overview make the following entries: Table Name J_1BTAXCODEV J_1BTREGX J_1BTXCI1 J_1BTXCOF J_1BTXCOF J_1BTXCOF J_1BTXCOF J_1BTXCOF J_1BTXCOF J_1BTXCOF J_1BTXDEF J_1BTXIC1 © SAP AG Tax Group 0 0 0 0 10 15 20 25 30 89 0 0 Cond. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting Financial Accounting Global Settings Tax on Sales/Purchases Basic Settings Brazil Condition-Based Tax Calculation Assign Condition Tables to Tax Tables Contabilidade financeira Configuração contabilidade financeira IVA Brasil Cálculo de imposto baseado em condições Atribuir tabelas de controle a tabelas de impostos SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.2 Assign Condition Tables to Tax Tables Use In this IMG activity.28. Table 3 394 349 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 392 382 Page 160 of 226 . you assign condition tables to Brazilian tax tables.SAP Best Practices Internal TC Code WHTRATE_GEN WHTRATE_IR WHTRATE_IR WHTRATE_PIS WHTRATE_PIS WHT_ACCUMULATION WHT_ACCUMULATION WHT_ACTIVE_COFINS WHT_ACTIVE_COFINS_ACC WHT_ACTIVE_CSLL WHT_ACTIVE_CSLL_ACC WHT_ACTIVE_GEN WHT_ACTIVE_GEN_ACC WHT_ACTIVE_IR WHT_ACTIVE_IR_ACC WHT_ACTIVE_PIS WHT_ACTIVE_PIS_ACC Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Application V TX V TX V TX V V V V V V V V V V V Condition Type BW02 BW42 BW42 BW12 BW12 BW51 BW51 WCOC ICW6 WCSC ISW6 WGEC IGW6 WIRC IRW6 WPIC IPW6 3.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: © SAP AG Page 161 of 226 . Assign the corresponding withholding tax condition types to all withholding tax types.3. Procedure 1. Table 382 382 382 382 382 382 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 121 601 601 601 601 601 601 346 346 346 346 346 346 291 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 346 346 346 346 346 346 3.SAP Best Practices Table Name J_1BTXIC2 J_1BTXIC3 J_1BTXIC3 J_1BTXIC3 J_1BTXIC3 J_1BTXIC3 J_1BTXIP1 J_1BTXIP2 J_1BTXIP3 J_1BTXIP3 J_1BTXIP3 J_1BTXIP3 J_1BTXIP3 J_1BTXIS1 J_1BTXISS J_1BTXISS J_1BTXISS J_1BTXISS J_1BTXISS J_1BTXISS J_1BTXPIS J_1BTXPIS J_1BTXPIS J_1BTXPIS J_1BTXPIS J_1BTXPIS J_1BTXSDC J_1BTXST1 J_1BTXST2 J_1BTXST3 J_1BTXST3 J_1BTXST3 J_1BTXST3 J_1BTXST3 J_1BTXWITH J_1BTXWITH J_1BTXWITH J_1BTXWITH J_1BTXWITH J_1BTXWITH Tax Group 0 15 20 25 30 89 0 0 15 20 25 30 89 0 10 15 20 25 30 89 10 15 20 25 30 89 0 0 0 15 20 25 30 89 10 15 20 25 30 89 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Cond.28.3 Assign Condition Type to Use ithholding Tax Type You only need to carry out the following activity if you are implementing FI together with SD.

Procedure 1.28.Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting Financial Accounting Basic Settings Tax on Sales/Purchases Calculation Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Define SD Tax Codes © SAP AG Page 162 of 226 .3. When you enter a sales order.Acumulado WISC Condition Type WCOC WPIC WCSC WIRC WGEC ICW6 IGW6 IPW6 IRW6 ISW6 3. you need to enter the SD tax code per line item.Acumulado General WHT Payment .Acumulado IR at Payment (Accu) CSLL no Pagamento .SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Financial Accounting Financial Accounting Global Settings Withholding Tax Extended Withholding Tax Calculation Withholding Tax Type Assign Condition Type to Withholding Tax Type Contabilidade financeira Configuração contabilidade financeira IVA Brasil Cálculo de imposto baseado em condições Atribuir tabelas de controle a tabelas de impostos SPRO IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Country Key = BR On the Change View ³ Withholding tax types: condition type´: Overview make the following entries: WHT Type CP PP SP RP GP CA GA PA RA SA IC IF IN IP IR IS IW XX Name COFINS at Payment PIS at Payment CSLL at Payment IR at Payment General WHT (PIS/COF/CSLL/IR) at Payment Cofins no pagamento . you maintain special tax codes for Brazilian tax processing in Sales and Distribution (SD).4 Tax Codes SD Use In this IMG activity.Acumulado PIS no pagamento .Acumulado IRRF for natural persons (CPF) Funrural INSS FCPS IRRF for companies ISS ISS WHT Cofins no pagamento . which the system uses to determine which taxes are to be calculated using which calculation rules.

T.T. Industrialization: ICMS + IPI Industrialization: ICMS + IPI + S.T.T. Consumption:IPI Stock Transfer for consumption Industrialization:No Tax Industrialization:ICMS Industrialization: ICMS + S. Industrialization:IPI Services Consumption: No Tax Consumption: ICMS Consumption: ICMS + S. Consumption: IPI Industrialization: ICMS + IPI Industrialization: No Tax Industrialization: ICMS Industrialization: ICMS + S.T.T.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Contabilidade financeira (novo) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Definir código de imposto SD SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code Country Key = BR On the Change View ³SD: Tax Codes´: Overview make the following entries: Tax Code B1 C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 CT I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I9 W0 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 YG Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z9 Description Stock Transfer for sub. Consumption: No Tax Consumption: ICMS Consumption: ICMS+S. trib.T. Consumption:ICMS+IPI Consumption:ICMS+IPI+S. Industrialization:ICMS+IPI Industrialization: ICMS + IPI + S. Industrialization: IPI Services On the Change View ³SD: Tax Codes´:Details make the following entries: Tax Code B1 C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 CT I0 X Ind Cons X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Calc ICMS X Calc IPI X Calc Sub Trib X Calc ISS Calc ICMS on frei Calc ST on frei Calc PIS Calc COFINS Calc WHT ICMSexempt IPI exempt © SAP AG Page 163 of 226 .+ICMS Compl. Consumption: ICMS + IPI Consumption: ICMS + IPI + S.T.

28.5 Tax Codes MM/FI Use In this IMG activity. Indust. Cons.: ICMS Out. Tax Inp. IPI ex./Sales Prod. Procedure 1./Sales Prod. © SAP AG † Tax Code Description Typ Usage Ser ice ICMS Text IC4 IC0 IC0 IC4 IC0 IPI Text IP1 IP1 IP0 IP1 IP1 ICMS ex.: No tax In.: ICMS Out. Tax Outp. you maintain the tax codes used for calculating Brazilian taxes in Financial Accounting (FI) and Materials Management (MM). Tax Outp. Indust. Indust. Tax Prod.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Calc ICMS on frei Calc ST on frei Tax Code I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I9 W0 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 YG Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z9 Ind X X X X X X Cons Calc ICMS X X X X Calc IPI Calc Sub Trib Calc ISS Calc PIS X Calc COFINS X X X X X X Calc WHT X X X X X X ICMSexempt IPI exempt X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 3. TC at GR I0 I1 I3 SD TC I0 I1 I3 Page 164 of 226 .: ICMS + CompICMS Outp. Consumpt. Tax Inp.3./Sales Consumpt.: ICMS + IPI In. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Basic Settings (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Calculation Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Define FI/MM Tax Codes Contabilidade financeira (novo) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Definir código de imposto FI/MM SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code On the Determine Work Area:Entry screen entry the value TAXBRA On the Change View ³ MaintainTax Codes´: Overview make the following entries A0 A1 A3 C0 C1 Out. Cons.

Consumpt./Sales Prod. Tax Outp. ISS Output SD tax: No tax Output SD tax: ICMS/IPI/Sub. Indust.6 Define Official Collection Codes Use In this IMG activity.: ICMS + S. Indust.: ICMS + S.: ICMS In.T./Sales Prod.: No tax In. Tax Inp. Tax Inp. Procedure 1. Consumption: ICMS + CompICMS + S./Sales IC0 IC0 IC0 IC4 IC4 IC0 IC1 IC0 IC1 IC4 IC0 IC0 ISS IC4 IC1 IC4 ISS IC1 IC0 IC0 IC0 IC0 IP1 IP0 IP0 IP2 IP1 IP1 IP1 IP0 IP1 IP0 IP0 IP0 ISS IP1 IP0 IP1 ISS IP0 IP1 IP0 IP1 IP0 Prod./Sales Prod. + IPI In.: IPI In. Tax Inp. Indust. Tax Inp.T. Tax Outp./Sales Prod.: ICMS + CompICMS + IPI In. Tax Inp. Tax Inp./Sales Prod.Trib. Tax Inp./Sales Prod. Tax Inp. + IPI: Reselling In. Indust. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting Financial Accounting Global Settings Withholding Tax Extended Withholding Tax Calculation Brazil Define Official Collection Codes Contabilidade financeira Configuração contabilidade financeira Imposto retido na fonte (IRF) Imposto retido na fonte ampliado Cálculo Brasil Definir chaves de cobrança oficiais SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code Country Key = BR © SAP AG Page 165 of 226 . In.T./Sales 3.: ICMS + IPI: Reselling In.28./Sales X Prod./Sales Prod. Consumpt.: IPI In. Tax Inp. Tax Inp. Indust. Tax Inp./Sales Prod. + IPI In. In. Tax Outp. Tax Outp. Cons./Sales Prod.T./Sales Prod. Indust. Prod./Sales Prod.: ICMS + S. Output SD: Tax exempt transactions Output SD tax: ISS Output SD tax: ICMS Zona Franca Industrialization: Only ICMS-PIS/COFINS deductible Industrialization: ICMS/IPI/PIS/COFINS deductible Industrialization: ICMSPIS/COFINS non deductible Industrialization: ICMS/IPI/PIS/COFINS deduct Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide C2 C3 C4 C5 I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I9 S0 SD SE SI SZ Y1 Y3 Z1 Z3 Inp. Consumpt.SAP Best Practices In. Cons.: ICMS + IPI In. Indust. Tax Consumpt.3. Tax Inp./Sales Prod./Sales Prod. you define official collection codes for calculating withholding tax in Brazil.: ICMS + CompICMS + S. Tax Outp.T. Indust. Tax Inp. Cons. Tax Inp. Tax Inp. Tax Inp.

00% PIS 0.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide On the Change View ³ Define Withholding Tax Key´: Overview make the following entries: Official code 5952 5960 5979 5987 6228 6230 6243 6256 1708 Description PIS / COFINS / CSLL 4.00% CSLL PIS COFINS IR IR 3. Procedure 1.65% COFINS 3.65% CSLL 1. you map SD tax values to nota fiscal fields. On the Change View ³ SD Tax Conditions in Nota Fiscal fields´: Overview make the following entries: TxTy Tax Rate Map Pauta Rate BX7P Map Tax Amount 0 0 0 0 0 BX8P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BX72 ICOW ICSW IGEW IIRW BX82 IPSW BX62 BX63 BX6C BX6D BX13 BX41 Map Total Base 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BX70 BXWT BXWT BXWT BXWT BX80 BXWT BX60 BX64 BX6A BX6E BX10 BX40 Map Tax Base 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BX70 Map Ex.28. Base 0 Map Other Base 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BX61 BX65 0 0 Map WHT Code 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BX12 0 0 BW11 BW21 BW31 BW01 BW41 ICON BCO1 1 ICOW BW22 1 ICSW BW32 1 IGEW BW02 1 IIRW BW42 1 IPSN BPI1 1 BXWT 0 BXWT 0 BXWT 0 BXWT 0 BX80 0 IPSW BW12 1 ISSA ISVB ISSB ISVB ISSE ISVN ISSF ISVN ICM3 ICVA ICS3 BX44 1 1 1 1 1 0 BXWT 0 BX60 BX64 BX6A BX6E BX10 BX40 0 0 0 0 0 0 BX6B 0 BX6F BX11 0 0 0 © SAP AG Page 166 of 226 . Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting Financial Accounting Global Settings Tax on Sales/Purchases Basic Settings Brazil Condition-Based Tax Calculation Map SD Tax Values to Nota Fiscal Fields Contabilidade financeira Configuração contabilidade financeira IVA Configurações globais Brasil Cálculo de imposto baseado em condições Mapear valores fiscais SD para campos da Nota Fiscal SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.3.7 Map SD Tax Values to Nota Fiscal Fields Use In this IMG activity. Usage = A. Application = V and Pricing Procedure = RVABRA 3.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Billing Billing Documents Countryspecific Features Country-specific Features for Brazil Special Conditions For Pricing Faturamento Documentos de faturamento Características especiais do país Propriedades específicas de país ± Brasil Condições especiais de determinação de preço SPRO 2. Repeat step 2 and 3 for Pricing Procedure YVABRA. ST freight © SAP AG ‡ BW22 1 BW32 1 BW02 1 BW42 1 BW12 1 BXWA 0 BXWA 0 BXWA 0 BXWA 0 BXWA 0 ‡ ‡ ‡ ‡ Menu IMG Transaction Code Page 167 of 226 . Application = V and Pricing Procedure = RVABRA 3.28. you maintain special pricing conditions for use in Sales and Distribution (SD). On the Change View ³ SD AmountTransfer from pricing to Notas Fiscais´: Overview make the following entries: Cond Type BXZF ICMI K004 K005 K007 NF Value 1 Discount 5 Value and Price 1 Discount 1 Discount 1 Discount X X X IPI excl ST Mod.8 Special Conditions for Pricing Use In this IMG activity. 3.SAP Best Practices ICZF BX16 IFR3 BX16 IFS3 IPI3 BX44 IPVA 0 0 0 1 1 BXPA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BXZF BX15 BX43 BX23 BX51 ICOQ ICSQ IGEQ IIRQ IPSQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 0 BX14 BX42 BX20 BX50 BXWA BXWA BXWA BXWA BXWA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BX14 BX42 BX20 BX50 0 0 0 0 0 BX21 BX11 0 0 0 0 0 BX22 BX12 0 0 0 0 0 BW21 BW31 BW01 BW41 BW11 ISS3 ISVA ICO ICS IGE IIR IPS 4. Procedure 1.3. Usage = A.

Procedure 1.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Cond Type KF00 NF Value 2 Freight IPI excl X ST Mod.9 Define Sequence for Tax Law Determination Use Here you can define what is the access sequence for Tax Laws. + ST base ST freight X 4. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Financial Accounting Financial Accounting Global Settings Tax on Sales/Purchases Basic Settings Brazil Define Sequence for SD Tax Law Determination Contabilidade financeira (novo) Configurações contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Configs.28. Procedure 1. On screen Change View ³Sequence for tax law determination´ .4.3. 3. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Output Control Output Determination Output Determination Using the Condition Technique Maintain Output Determination for Sales Documents Assign Output Determination Procedures Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Controle de mensagens Determinação de mensagens Determinação de mensagem via Page 168 of 226 IMG Menu Menu IMG © SAP AG . assign output determination procedures to the documents.28. Lei fiscal 1 2 3 Fonte para determinação lei fiscal 0 Tax Exception Tables 1 Item Category Table 2 Customer Master 3.4 Use SALES DOCUMENTS BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION 3.1 Assign Output Determination Procedures In this menu option. You may also specify an output type which is to be displayed when the relevant document is displayed or changed.28. Repeat step 2 and 3 for Pricing Procedure YVABRA. make the following entries: Sequência na det.globais Definir seqüência da determinação da lei tributária SD SPRO globais Brasil Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.

make the following entries: Doc Type COB CRB CXB DLB DRB DXB KBB KEB LAB ORB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR YCO Application V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 Output Proced V07000 V10000 Output Type LP00 BA00 V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 V10000 BA00 BA00 BA00 BA00 BA00 BA00 BA00 V10000 V10000 V10000 V06000 BA00 BA00 BA00 AN00 3.28. Procedure 1.2 Define and Assign Account Keys Use You define your account keys in this menu option and allocate them to the condition types in the pricing procedures. 3. On screen Change View ³Sales Document Types ± Output Determination´:Overview. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Account Assignment/Costing Revenue Account Determination Define And Assign Account Keys Vendas e Distribuição p Funções Básicas p Class. On screen Change View ³Account Key³: Overview.contábil/cálculo de custos p Det. Choose Definir chave de conta.conta de receita p Definir e atribuir chave de conta SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.vendas Atribuir esquema de mensagem Transaction Code SPRO 2. make the following entries: Cha e de Conta YCF YPS © SAP AG ˆ Denominação Provisões Cofins Provisões PIS Page 169 of 226 .4.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide técnica de condições Atualizar determinação de mensagens para docs.

Procedure 1.4.28.4.3 Assign Document Procedure for Product Proposal to Sales Document Use In this IMG activity. On the Change View ³Industry Keys´: Overview.prod. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Dynamic Product Proposal Assign Document Procedure for Product Proposal to Sales Document Types Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Proposta de produto dinâmica Atribuir esq. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Sales and Distribution Master Data Business Partners Customers Marketing Define Industry Sector For Customers Vendas e distribuição Dados mestre Parceiro negócios Clientes Marketing Definir setor industrial do cliente SPRO 2.documentos p/prop. you assign the document determination procedure for the product proposal to the individual sales document types. you define the industry sectors a customer can belong to. choose Entradas novas and enter the following data: TpDV CO ORB YCO Denominação Quotation Standard Order BR Quotation BR EsDocPp A A A 3. choose New Entries and enter the following data: © SAP AG ‰ Page 170 of 226 . Procedure 1.SAP Best Practices Cha e de Conta ZDV Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Denominação Devolução 3.4 Define Industry Sector for Customers Use In this menu option. On the Modificar visão ³Documentos de vendas: tipos ± proposta de produto´ screen.28. aos tipos de documentos de vendas SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.

28.4.entrada mercadorias Definir condição de expedição por tipo documento de vendas SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. On the Change View ³Sales Document Types ± Shipping Conditions´: Overview. Procedure 1. you can specify a shipping condition for individual sales document types.5 Define Shipping Conditions by Sales Document Type Use In this menu option. choose New Entries and enter the following data: Doc Type BV KBB KEB LAB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR CRB DRB ORB COB CXB DLB DXB 01 Shipping Conditions 02 © SAP AG Page 171 of 226 .SAP Best Practices Industry 1 2 3 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Description Wholesale Retail Industry 3. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Logistics Execution Shipping Basic Shipping Functions Shipping Point and Goods Receiving Point Determination Define Shipping Conditions by Sales Document Type Logistics Execution Expedição Bases Determinação de local de expedição/dpto.

Procedure 1.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3. the SAP System automatically determines which pricing procedure is valid for a business transaction and it takes the condition types contained in it into account one after the other. You define the pricing procedures in this step. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Sales Sales Documents Contracts Value Contract Define And Assign Pricing Procedure For Value Contract Vendas e distribuição Contrato em valor contrato em valor SPRO Venda Documentos de vendas Contratos Definir e ordenar esquema de cálculo para Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. enter the following data: Sales Organ 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Distr Chanel 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Di ision 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 © SAP AG  Doc Pric Proc A A B C C D D L P P R R S S Customer Pric Proc 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 Pricing Proced YVABRA YVABRA RVWIA1 RVCA01 RVCA02 YVABRA YVABRA RVLB00 VPKPS1 VPKPS1 YVABRA YVABRA YVABRA YVABRA Condition PR00 PR00 PR00 PR00 VPRS PR00 PR00 EK01 EK01 PR00 PR00 Page 172 of 226 .28. you assign the pricing procedures to the transactions by defining the following dependencies: y y y Customer Sales document type Sales area In the pricing procedure. Choose the Assing Pricing Procedure option. In addition.5 Use Pricing Procedures: Determination in Sales Docs. On the Change View ³Pricing Procedure:Determination in Sales Docs´: Overview. you define which condition types should be taken into account and in which sequence. During pricing. 3.

6 Use Calculation Procedures for CBT Calculation The system needs to identify whether in the currently processed calculation procedure the tax calculation is condition-based or not.28. This is necessary to either call the classical.globais Brasil Cálculo de imposto baseado em condições Indicar esquemas de cálculo p/cálculo de imposto baseado em condições SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. external tax calculation or the new tax calculation in condition value formula 320. Make the following entries: Determine work area entry: Usage A Application V Calculation Procedures for Condition Based Tax Calculation: Procedure YVABRA CBT Act. Access the activity as follows: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Basic Settings (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Basic Settings Brazil Condition-Based Tax Calculation Specify Calculation Procedures for Condition-Based Tax Calculation Contabilidade financeira (novo) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Configs.28.7 Assign Business Area to Plant/Valuation Area and Di ision Use In this step you assign the plant / valuation area and division combination to a business area to enable automatic business area account assignment. X Description Std Pricing ± RVABRA ± BR 3. © SAP AG Page 173 of 226 . you specify the calculation procedure for CBT in the new IMG activity. Procedure 1. For this reason.SAP Best Practices 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1100 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 V V W W X Y Y A Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 YVABRA YVABRA PSER02 PSER02 WMP001 WK0001 WK0001 YVABRA WK00 WK00 PR00 EK01 EK01 3.

Save your settings. you define which taxes are included in which prices. On screen Change View ³Groups of Brazilian Taxes in SD Price Conditions´ .8 Define Wich Taxes are included in SD Price Conditions Use In this IMG activity. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Financial Accounting Financial Accounting Global Settings Tax on Sales/Purchases Basic Settings Brazil Define wich taxes are included in SD price conditions Contabilidade financeira (novo) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Configs. On screen ³Determine Work Area: Entry´ . make the following entries: Application = V and Pricing Procedure = YVABRA 3. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Enterprise Structure Assignment Logistics .28.globais Brasil Define quais impostos estão contidos em condições p/determinação preços SD SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. make the following entries: C Type PR00 PR00 PR00 PR00 ZPB1 ZPB1 ZPB2 ZPB2 ZPB3 © SAP AG Group COFI ISSP ISSS PIS ISSP ISSS COFI PIS COFI Page 174 of 226 ‘ Name Product Division 10 Product Division 10 BusA Description .General Business Area to Plant/Valuation Area and Division Estrutura do empreendimento Atribuição Atribuir centro/area avaliação ± setor atividade SPRO Assign Logística geral divisão 2. Click in the button ³New Entries´ and create the following entries: Plnt 1000 1100 D 10 10 4. 3.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Procedure 1. Procedure 1. Click in the button ³Plant/valuation area ± division´ : 3.

1 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS .Brasil Determinar tipo nota fiscal SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. Choose Customer Taxes.10. Procedure 1.SAP Best Practices ZPB3 ZPB3 ZPB3 ISSP ISSS PIS Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.10 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS 3. you can assign nota fiscal types to sales document types.9 Use Assign Nota Fiscal to Sales Order Here. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Billing Billing Documents Countryspecific Features Country-specific Features for Brazil Specify Nota Fiscal Category Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Documentos de faturamento Características especiais do país Propriedades específicas de país . Enter the following data: Tax category Tax classification Description IBRX IBRX IBRX 0 1 2 Not taxable Normal taxes Zona Franca . you can assign nota fiscal types to sales document types.ICMS Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Relevancy Of Master Records Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas relevância para impostos dos registros mestre SPRO Taxes Define Tax Definir Impostos © SAP AG Page 175 of 226 .28. Enter the following data: Sales Doc Type YCO NF Type N1 3. Procedure 1.Customer Use Here.28. 3.28.

6.29.Material Use Here. Procedure 1.Trib. you can assign nota fiscal types to sales document types. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu IMG Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Calculation Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Access Tax Manager's Workplace IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv. Acti ation of Tax Codes Prerequisites The Tax codes were created by previous activation steps. Enter the following data: Tax category IBRX IBRX Tax classification 1 2 Description IPI/ICMS/Sub.2 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS .10.29 MANUAL ACTIVITIES 3.28.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code 5. Choose Material Taxes. ISS Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Relevancy Of Master Records Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas relevância para impostos dos registros mestre SPRO Taxes Define Tax Definir Impostos 3.1 Use With this step you will activate the Condition Types needed for each Tax Code configured by previous automated customizing. Procedure 4.) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Chamar Tax Administration Tool J1BTAX Menu IMG Transaction Code © SAP AG Page 176 of 226 .

ICM1 IPI0. IPI2 IPI0. IP1O. Execute the steps 3 to 5 for each Tax code indicated below and respective Condition Types: Tax Code Cond. 4. Select the Tax code line to maintain (e. IPI0 IPI0. ICOX IPI2. ICM1. press button Maintain MM Tax codes (Shift + F4) and select procedure TAXBRA. ICM1 IPI1. ICM0 IPI3.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 2. select BR. ICM3 IPI0. ICM2. IPI4. ICOX IPI2. press <Enter>.: IPI0. ICOX ICM0. ICM2. ICM1. 6. ICM3 IPI3. ICOX IPI0. ICM1. ICM3). IPI4.: A1). ICS1 ICM0. IC1O IP1C.g. ICOP. ICM2. If the Country dialog box appears. Types A0 A1 A3 C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I9 K5 K6 S0 SD SE SI ICM0. ICM0 ISS3 © SAP AG Page 177 of 226 . press button Maintain Tax code Conditions (Ctrl + F3). ICM0 IPI0. ICS2. ICM3. IPI4 ICM1. IPI2 ISS3 IPI1. ICS2. If not. ICOP. ICM2. IC1C IPI0. 5. ICOP. ICOP. ICM0 IPI0. Select the activation flag (first column) for each relevant condition for this Tax code (e. ICS1 IPI1. On Tax Manager's Workplace screen.g. ICS3 IPI0. Go Back (F3) and Save (Ctrl + S). 7. IPI2 ICM1. check if BR was already selected for this user (menu Tax Calculation -> Other Country) 3. ICS1. IPI1.

Save (Ctrl + S) your action. IPSU. ICOV. Procedure 1. On the Prompt for a Workbench request screen. ICM1. ICM1.29.SAP Best Practices SZ Y1 Y3 Z1 Z3 ICM3. If the entry exists. and maintain if necessary. ICOO. On the Change View "Tax Types": Overview screen check if exist an entry for tax type ICMO (WARNING: this key ends with letter O and not number zero). IPSV. ICS3. ICM1. 4. select it and press Delete (Shift + F2). IPSO 3. ICOU. the tax type ICMO. IPI4.Other Country) 3. IPSN. ICOU. Procedure 1.1 Create Output Tax Record (IBRX) Use The purpose of this activity is to maintain the condition records to determine the TAX Code in sales orders processing. ICOF.1. IPI4. Select the menu Condition Setup . IPSS. IPIS. ICON. IPSN. ICOS. ICOV. IPSO IPI1. ICOA. IPSU. ICOS. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu SAP menu Logistics Sales and Distribution Master Data © SAP AG ’ ’ Page 178 of 226 . ICM1. If the Country dialog box appears. IPSA IPI0.2 Use Maintain Specific Tax Type ICMO With this activity you will check. If not. IPSV. IPSS. ICZF Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide IPI0. IPIS. check if BR was already selected for this user (menu Tax Calculation . IPSA IPI1. accept the suggested for project activation or create a new one. ICOO. ICOA. select BR.) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Chamar Tax Administration Tool J1BTAX Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. ICOF. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu IMG Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Calculation Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Access Tax Manager's Workplace IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv. 5. ICON. 6.Tax Types. 4 MASTER DATA 3.

1. On the Create Condition Records screen make the following entries: © SAP AG Page 179 of 226 . Procedure 1. Note that the entries are is time-independent. 5.SAP Best Practices Conditions Menu IMG Transaction Code Menu SAP Condições VK11 Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Select Using Condition Type VK11 . for example.Create Logística Vendas e distribuição Dados mestre Seleção via tipo de condição Criar 2. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Transaction Code VK15 2. 3. Condition (IBRX) : Fast Entry make the following entries: Country BR BR BR BR BR BR Cust Tax Class 0 0 1 1 2 2 Mat.000 100. meaning they are valid until 01/01/2999.000 100. Choose Back 3. Procedure 1. 4.1.000 100. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Transaction Code VK15 2. On the Create Brazil Tax Calc. Choose Save. Type ICMO ICSO IPIC IPIO Table 390 390 390 390 Country BR BR BR BR Amount 100100100 100- 3.000 Tax Code S0 S0 SD SI SZ SI 3.2 Create Initial Tax Rates 100% Use The purpose of this activity is to maintain the initial condition records for Brazil. On the Create Condition Records screen make the following entries: Cond.3 Create Initial Base Rates 100% Use The purpose of this activity is to maintain the initial condition records for Brazil.000 0. Enter IBRX in the condition type field in the Create Condition Records screen. Tax Class 1 2 1 2 1 2 Amount 0.000 100.

selecting Choose Condition Tables for Output Nota Fiscal key combination. Choose Save. 4. Choose Back © SAP AG “ Page 180 of 226 . Type BXWT BIC6 7. Choose Back Country BR BR Amount 100 100 Valid From 01/01/2008 01/01/2008 Valid To 31/12/2999 31/12/2999 3. of messag 1 1 1 1 Print Immed Release after output 3. Type ICBS IPBS 3. 4. On the Create Condition Records screen make the following entries: Cond. Choose Save. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Transaction Code FV11 6. Output Type NF01 NF01 NF02 NF02 Company Code 1000 1000 1000 1000 Business Place 1000 1100 1000 1100 Nota Fiscal Form NF01 NF01 NF02 NF02 Output De ice LOCL LOCL LOCL LOCL Language Key PT PT PT PT Nr. Table 392 392 Country BR BR Amount 100 100 Valid From 01/01/2008 01/01/2008 Valid To 31/12/2999 31/12/2999 3.5 Nota Fiscal Condition Records Use The purpose of this activity is to maintain the Nota Fiscal Condition Records for Brazil.1.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Cond.4 Create Initial Base Rates 100% Use The purpose of this activity is to maintain the initial condition records for Brazil. Choose Back. Procedure 5.1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Transaction Code J1BG 2. Procedure 1. 8. Choose Save. On the Change Output ± Condition Records : Nota Fiscal screen make the following entries.

6 Create Initial PIS Tax Rate Use The purpose of this activity is to maintain the condition record for PIS Tax Rate Brazil.65 Tax Base 100 3.2999 Tax Rate 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Calculation Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Access Tax Manager's Workplace IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv. On the Change View ³Tax Calculation:PIS´ Overview screen entry the values: Valid From 01.1.2005 Valid To 31. Procedure 1.1.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Chamar Tax Administration Tool J1BTAX IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Calculation Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Access Tax Manager's Workplace Contabilidade financeira (nv. Procedure 1. On the Tax Manager¶s Work Place screen choose Maintain COFINS Values option and entry the values: Country Key BR Tax Group 89 © SAP AG Page 181 of 226 . On the Tax Manager¶s Work Place screen choose Maintain PIS Values option and entry the values: Country Key BR Tax Group 89 3.) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Chamar Tax Administration Tool J1BTAX IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.7 Create Initial COFINS Tax Rate Use The purpose of this activity is to maintain the condition record for PIS Tax Rate Brazil.01.12.

2999 Tax Rate 7.2005 Valid To 31. On the Change View ³Tax Calculation:COFINS´ Overview screen entry the values: Valid From 01.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.60 Tax Base 100 © SAP AG Page 182 of 226 .12.01.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Cross-Application Components General Application Functions Nota fiscal Output Define Number Groups Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Saída Definir grupos de nºs SPRO © SAP AG Page 183 of 226 . If you do not want to configure manually and prefer an automated installation process using the SAP Best Practices Installation Assistant and other tools. choose New entries and enter the values shown below: Form NF55 3. 3. For more information. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Cross-Application Components General Functions Nota fiscal Output Define Forms Application Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Saída Definir formulários SPRO 2. On the Change View ³Forms´: Overview screen. you must install prerequisite building blocks.2 Define Number Groups .1.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 5 BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION 5. 3.NF-e Procedure 1.2 Preparation Prerequisites Before you start installing this scenario. Choose Back (F3). Choose Save.2.2.1 Purpose This section of the configuration guide provides the information you need to set up the configuration of NF-e. 4.NF-e Procedure 1. see the Building Block Prerequisites Matrix for SAP Best Practices Baseline Package.1 Nota Fiscal Electronic (NF-e) 3.1. Form description Nota Fiscal Eletronica 3.1 Define Forms . refer to the SAP Best Practices Quick Guide.

1 ± Print output 4. On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. enter the following values: Field name Output type Description General data Access sequence Access to conditions Partner-indep. On the Change View ³Output Types´: Overview screen.2.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 2. choose New entries and enter the values shown below: NF number group 1000EE 1000ES 1100EE 1100ES 1010EE 1010ES 3. Output Default alues Dispatch time Transmission Medium Storage system Storage Mode Document type Partner-indep. choose Display . 4.NFe 1 ± Send with periodically sch.Change (Ctrl+F1) then choose New Entries. Choose Back (F3). © SAP AG ” • Comment – Page 184 of 226 . Choose Save. 3. Double-click on Mail title and texts to check if have information about e-mails. Description 1000 ± Incomming NF-e 1000 ± Outgoing NF-e 1100 ± Incomming NF-e 1100 ± Outgoing NF-e 1010 ± Incomming NF-e 1010 ± Outgoing NF-e 3.3 Condition types for Output Determination ±NF-e Procedure 1. Output 1 ± Print only MMINOTAFIS X ± flag 0001 X ± flag X ± flag Description User action and alues NF55 Form 1 . Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components General Application Functions Nota fiscal Output Determination Condition Types Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Determinação da saída Tipos de condição SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.

SmartForm Choose Enter. Choose Processing routines. 1 . Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components General Application Functions Nota fiscal Output Determination Condition Types Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Determinação da saída Tipos de condição SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. 5. Choose Back. 8. enter the following values: Field name Processing 1 Program Form Routine PDF/Smartform Form J_1BNFPR ENTRY Z_NFDANFE_PORTRAIT_SAP This smart form will be defined from the company. On the New Entries: details of Added Entries.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 5. This customizing it is not necessary to create an object.Change (Ctrl+F1) then choose Output type NF01 and chose with double-click Processing routines. 6. choose Display . Medium Processing 1 Program Form Routine PDF/Smartform Form ZNFE_PRINT_DANFE ENTRY Z_NFDANFE_PORTRAIT_SAP This smart form will be defined from the company. 9. Choose Partner Function to see the customizing. Procedure 1. 10. Choose Save. and choose New Entries. Description User action and alues Form J_1BNOTA_FISCAL © SAP AG ˜ — ™ Comment Comment Page 185 of 226 . Description User action and alues 1 ± Print output Form Type 7.3. On the Change View ³Output Types´: Overview screen. enter the following values: Field name Transm.1 Condition types for Nota Fiscal Parallel Process (Optional) Use This activity must be customized if the company uses Nota Fiscal Parallel Process. On the Change view ³Processing routines´: Details.2. 3.

Choose Save. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components Functions Nota fiscal Output Printing Parameters General Application Assign Numbering and Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Saída Atribuir parêmetros de numeração e impressão SPRO Transaction Code 2.2. TO NUMBER999999999. Choose Enter.SAP Best Practices Field name Processing 2 Program Form Routine Form Processing 3 Program Form Routine Form 4. On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries screen. select New entries. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components General Application Functions Nota fiscal Electronic Notas Fiscaís (NF-e) Maintain Number Ranges for NF-e Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Notas fiscais eletrônicas (NF-e) Atualizar intervalos de numeração para NF-e SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.2. Choose Back Twice. 5. On the Nota fiscal Electronica Number screen. 3. 5. Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues J_1BNFEXMLOUTPARALLEL ENTRY ZNFE_PRINT_DANFE ENTRY 3. 4. Insert the intervals FROM NUMBER 000000001. Choose Save and repeat the steps with Group 1100ES and 1010ES. 3.5 Assign Numbering and Printing Parameters ± NF-e Procedure 1. enter de following values: Field name Company Code Business Place Description User action and alues 1000 0001 © SAP AG e d Comment Comment Page 186 of 226 .4 Maintain Number Ranges for NF-e Procedure 1. 3. on the field NF number group insert 1000ES and choose Change intervals. On the Change View ³General Print Parameters´: Overview screen.

RFC via batch report. 4. choose New Entries. mark NF0001 and choose with double-click Control data. Use for create NFe number automatically.msg Item lines Printer NF-e No. enter the following values: Step Counter CTyp 5. 5. . Using button 2 3 . On the Change View Procedures´: Overview screen. Choose Save. 3. 1 Numbering & RFC is triggered via the Monitor Report 1BNFE). Numbering and RFC are triggered in the batch report _1BRFCB. Numbering in Monitor Report .Nota Fiscal Form General Data NF Numbers Series Lines head. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. On the Change View Control data´: Overview screen.6 Output Determination Procedure 1. Counter Type 30 1 SAP AG p NF55 o Field name Description m IMG Menu Cross Application Components General Application Functions Nota fiscal Output Determination Output Determination Procedure ser action and values kj k l i Field name Description ser action and values g SAP est Practices Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide Comment Nota Fiscal Electronic n n f Comment Form 1 NF-e Page 187 of 226 h . Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Determinação da saída Esquema de mensagens SPRO Transaction Code 2. 4. 0002). Execute the steps 3 and 4 using another Business Place i.e. 6. 3. Output Device RFC Call NF55 1000ES 1 12 7 LOCL 01 X LOCL 1 Ø Numbering. Numbering Contin. Choose Back. RFC call and data base update in the same LUW. Choose Save. Range No.

7 Create Condition Record . Repeat this procedure for Business Place 0002 and for Business Place 0003 ± Company Code 1010. 4. Choose Enter. On the Create Condition Records (Form 1): Communication screen. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Cross-Application Components General Application Functions Nota fiscal Output Condition Records Create Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Saída Registros condição Criar SPRO Transaction Code 2.SAP Best Practices 6. 3. 6. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3.2. Choose Back Twice. On the Create Condition Records (Form 1): Fast Entry screen. 9.2. 7. Choose Save. enter the following values: Field name Output Device Print Immediately SAP cover page Storage Mode Description User action and alues i. Choose Back. enter the following values: Field name Company Code Business Place NF Form Description User action and alues 1000 0001 NF55 Nota Fiscal Electronica 5. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code Cross-Application Components General Application Functions Nota fiscal Define Nota Fiscal Types Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Definir tipos de nota fiscal SPRO © SAP AG q r Comment Comment Page 188 of 226 . 10. On the Create Output ± Condition Records: Nota fiscal screen. Choose Communication or select double-click on NF Form.e. 3. enter with the Output Type NF55 and choose Enter.NF-e Procedure 1. LOCL X ± Flag Do Not Print 1 ± Print Only 8.8 Define Nota Fiscal Types Procedure 1. On the pop-up Key Combination select Condition tables for Output Nota Fiscal and choose Enter.

4.NF-e X 5 Cancel Incoming 5.Nota Fiscal Electronica Description Nota Fiscal saída . Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang EN PT Field name Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement Other tab Nota Fiscal form Nota Fiscal model NF55 . On the Change View Nota Fiscal Types´: Overview screen.Cancel Outgoing direction A) 1 Nota Fiscal Outgoing 7.2. NF Category Lang EN PT Field name Electronic NF Document Type Direction of Movement Description Cancelamento saída A) . choose New Entries to define the following Nota Fiscal Types: If you have any code created before. Choose Save. Choose Save.NF-e X F . please use another code. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category YH Lang EN PT Field name Electronic NF Document Type Direction of Movement Description Cancelamento entrada A) .NF B SAP AG ƒ 55 Nota Fiscal ‚  € Description ser action and values Flag  A Nota Fiscal Outgoing | } Description ser action and values Flag NF-e | Cancel Incoming direction A) { { y z Description ser action and values Flag y x F Cancel Outgoing direction A) NF-e NF-e Model 55 t SAP est Practices Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide x  v s w ~ „ u Comment Comment Comment Page 189 of 226 . 8. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang EN PT Description Nota Fiscal Complementar of Outgoing Complementar à nota fiscal de saída . 6. these codes are just suggestions to create a Nota fiscal category.NF-e X 5 Cancel Outgoing 3. Choose Save.

Cancel Incoming direction (A) 6 Return Incoming 13.Cancel Outgoing direction (A) 3 Correction Outgoing 11. 12.NF-e © SAP AG … ‡ Comment † Comment Comment Page 190 of 226 .NF-E Description User action and alues X ± Flag YH . Choose Save. Choose Save. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category ZE Lang EN PT Description Nota Fiscal Return of Outgoing (Entrada) ± NF-e Devolução NF de saída (entrada) . Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category ZD Lang EN PT Field name Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement Other tab Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal ± Model 55 Description Nota Fiscal Return of Outgoing ± NF-e Devolução NF de saída . Choose Save. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category ZC Lang EN PT Field name Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement Description Nota Fiscal Correction of Outgoing ± NF-e Correção de nota fiscal de saída .SAP Best Practices Field name Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement Other tab Nota Fiscal form Nota Fiscal model Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues X ± Flag ZF .Nota Fiscal Electronica 55 Nota Fiscal ± Model 55 9.NF-E Description User action and alues X ± Flag ZF . 10. 14.Cancel Outgoing direction (A) 2 Complementar Outgoing NF55 .

Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category YB Lang EN PT Description Nota Fiscal Return of Incoming ± NF-e Devolução (saída) NF entrada . 18.NF-e Description User action and alues X ± Flag YH . Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category YA Lang EN PT Field name Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement NF partner function NF partner type Other tab Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal ± Model 55 Description Nota Fiscal Incoming ± NF-e Nota fiscal entrada .SAP Best Practices Field name Nota Fiscal Entrada Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement Other tab Nota Fiscal form Nota Fiscal model Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues X ± Flag X ± Flag YH .Cancel Incoming direction (A) 1 Nota Fiscal Incoming LF ± Vendor V ± Vendor 17.Nota Fiscal Electronica 55 Nota Fiscal ± Model 55 15.NF-e © SAP AG ˆ ‰ Comment Comment Š Page 191 of 226 .Cancel Incoming direction (A) 6 Return Incoming NF55 . 16. Choose Save. Choose Save.

Cancel Outgoing direction (A) 6 Return Outgoing LF ± Vendor V ± Vendor RETU . 20. Choose Save.NF-e Description User action and alues X ± Flag ZF .Cancel Outgoing direction (A) 1 Nota Fiscal Outgoing 21. 22.Return text for IPI NF55 . Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category YD Lang EN PT Description Nota Fiscal Return of Issue ± NF-e Devolução NF p/saída mercad.Nota Fiscal Electronica 55 Nota Fiscal ± Model 55 19.SAP Best Practices Field name Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement NF partner function NF partner type Text key Other tab Nota Fiscal form Nota Fiscal model Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues X ± Flag ZF . Choose Save. . Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category YC Lang EN PT Field name Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement Other tab Nota Fiscal form Nota Fiscal model NF55 .NF-e © SAP AG ‹ Œ Comment Comment Page 192 of 226 .Nota Fiscal Electronica 55 Nota Fiscal ± Model 55 Description Nota Fiscal Issue ± NF-e Nota fiscal saída de mercadorias .

Choose Save. 24.Cancel Incoming direction (A) 6 Return Incoming 55 Nota Fiscal ± Model 55 23. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category YE Lang EN PT Field name Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement Other tab Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal ± Model 55 Description Nota Fiscal Receipt ± NF-e Nota fiscal entrada de mercadorias-NF-e Description User action and alues X ± Flag YH .. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category YF Lang EN PT Field name Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement Other tab Nota Fiscal form Nota Fiscal model NF55 .SAP Best Practices Field name Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement Other tab Nota Fiscal model Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues X ± Flag YH .Nota Fiscal Electronica 55 Nota Fiscal ± Model 55 Description Nota Fiscal Return of Receipt ± NF-e Devolução NF de entrada mercad. Choose Save. Choose Save.Cancel Outgoing direction (A) 6 Return Outgoing 27.NF-e Description User action and alues X ± Flag ZF . 28.Cancel Incoming direction (A) 1 Nota Fiscal Incoming 25. 26. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category YG Lang EN Description Consignment ± NF-e © SAP AG  Ž  Comment Comment Comment Page 193 of 226 .

Save your entries. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components General Application Functions Nota fiscal Electronic Notas Fiscaís (NF-e) Define NF Type Redetermination for Goods Movements Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Notas fiscais eletrônicas (NF-e) Definir redeterminação do tipo de NF para movimentos de mercadorias SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.Cancel Incoming direction (A) 1 Nota Fiscal Incoming LF ± Vendor V ± Vendor 51 Consignment invoice item 55 Nota Fiscal ± Model 55 3. Choose Back. enter the following values: Plant Mo ement Type 541 542 543 821 822 833 835 861 862 4. 30. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Consignação .9 Define NF Type Redetermination for Goods Mo ements Procedure 1. Choose Save.NF-e Description User action and alues X ± Flag YH .2. NF Type YC YD YE YE YF YC YE YE YC User Decision X X X X X © SAP AG  Comment ‘ Page 194 of 226 . 5. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. choose New Entries. 3. On the Change View ³NF-e: NF Type determination for goods movements´: Overview screen.SAP Best Practices PT Field name Electronic NF NF cancel type Document Type Direction of Movement NF partner function NF partner type NF Item Type Other tab Nota Fiscal model 29. Choose Back.

e. mark the Business Place on right side of screen and then select with double-click NFe Configuration. For. XMUN Value 6.Billing © SAP AG ’ Comment Page 195 of 226 .10 Defining Business Places Procedure 1. 4. SCICLNT100 1.Identific. Proc. Select New Entries. On the Change View ³Branch´: Overview screen. 3.2. Choose Save.e.10 SAP NFE 1. 2 Homologation (Test) X i.11 Defining NF Type Redetermination per Business Place Procedure 1. On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries screen. On the pop-up Determine Work Area: Entry enter the Company Code and choose Enter. UF Value For. Ver. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components p General Application Functions p Nota fiscal p Sales and Distribution . 8. Value Normal Value Conting. 5. 20. enter the following values: Field name NF model Valid from System ID SAP xNFe Active Destination XML Version NFe Appl.10.e. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components p General Application Functions p Nota fiscal p CNPJ Business Places p Define Business Places Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Filial CNPJ Definir locais de negócio SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. Description User action and alues 55 Nota Fiscal ± Model 55 (i. 7.2008) i.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 3. Repeat steps for Company Code 1010.2. 3.0 1 2 0 NF-e issued by contributors system EX 9999999 EXTERIOR <current date> You can use 1 Production. CMUN Value For. Choose Back.

enter the following values: CoCd 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 4. On the Change View ³Nota Fiscal Type Redetermination per Business Place´: Ove screen.2. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries. © SAP AG Page 196 of 226 . On the pop-up Determine Work Area: Entry screen insert the Country Key (BR). 5. Choose Back. 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components p General Application Functions p Nota fiscal p Electronic Notas Fiscaís (NF-e) p Assign XML Version to Region Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Notas fiscais eletrônicas (NF-e) Atribuir versão XML à região SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. Choose Save. 3. choose Enter. choose New Entries. Bus. On the Change View ³NF-e: Version of XML File´: Overview screen.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Documents p Define NF Type Redetermination per Business Place Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Vendas e distribuição documentos de faturamento Definir redeterminação do tipo de NF por local de negócio SPRO Transaction Code 2. choose New Entries. Place 0001 0001 0001 0001 0001 0002 0002 0002 0002 0002 0003 0003 0003 0003 0003 NT N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 Alt. NFT ZA ZB ZC ZD ZE ZA ZB ZC ZD ZE ZA ZB ZC ZD ZE 3.12 Assign XML Version to Region Procedure 1.

e. 3.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 4. choose New Entries. 6. on field XML Vers. On the field Region insert the state (i.2. enter the following values shown below: Stat Code 100 Lang. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components p General Application Functions p Nota fiscal p Electronic Notas Fiscaís (NF-e) p Define SEFAZ Status Codes Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Notas fiscais eletrônicas (NF-e) Definir códigos de status SEFAZ SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. 1. EN PT 101 EN PT 102 EN PT 103 EN PT 104 EN PT 105 EN PT 106 EN PT 107 EN PT 108 EN PT 109 EN PT 110 EN Serviço Paralisado sem Previsão Serviço Paralisado Momentaneamente (curto prazo) Serviço em Operação Lote não localizado Lote em processamento Lote processado Lote recebido com sucesso Inutilização de número homologado Cancelamento de NF-e homologado Autorizado o uso da NF-e Status Code Description © SAP AG Page 197 of 226 . Choose Back. 3. Insert the version of state (i. SP). On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries screen. Choose Save. On the Change View ³NF-e: Status Code Maintanance´: Overview screen. 5.e.10).13 Defining SEFAZ Status Codes Procedure 1.

SAP Best Practices Stat Code Lang. PT 111 EN PT 112 EN PT 201 EN PT 202 EN PT 203 EN PT 204 EN PT 205 EN PT 206 EN PT 207 EN PT 208 EN PT 209 EN PT 210 EN PT 211 EN PT 212 EN PT 213 EN PT 214 EN PT 215 EN PT Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Status Code Description Uso Denegado Consulta cadastro com uma ocorrência Consulta cadastro com mais de uma ocorrência Rejeição: O numero máximo de numeração de NF-e a inutilizar ultrapassou o li Rejeição: Falha no reconhecimento da autoria ou integridade do arquivo digit Rejeição: Emissor não habilitado para emissão da NF-e Rejeição: Duplicidade de NF-e Rejeição: NF-e está denegada na base de dados da SEFAZ Rejeição: NF-e já está inutilizada na Base de dados da SEFAZ Rejeição: CNPJ do emitente inválido Rejeição: CNPJ do destinatário inválido Rejeição: IE do emitente inválida Rejeição: IE do destinatário inválida Rejeição: IE do substituto inválida Rejeição: Data de emissão NF-e posterior a data de recebimento Rejeição: CNPJ-Base do Emitente difere do CNPJ-Base do Certificado Digital Rejeição: Tamanho da mensagem excedeu o limite estabelecido Rejeição: Falha no schema XML © SAP AG Page 198 of 226 .

SAP Best Practices Stat Code 216 Lang.Campo ID Rejeição: Data de Emissão muito atrasada Rejeição: IE do emitente não informada Rejeição: IE do emitente não cadastrada Rejeição: IE do emitente não vinculada ao CNPJ Rejeição: IE do destinatário não informada Rejeição: IE do destinatário não cadastrada © SAP AG Page 199 of 226 . EN PT 217 EN PT 218 EN PT 219 EN PT 220 EN PT 221 EN PT 222 EN PT 223 EN PT 224 EN PT 225 EN PT 226 EN PT 227 EN PT 228 EN PT 229 EN PT 230 EN PT 231 EN PT 232 EN PT 233 EN PT 234 EN Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Status Code Description Rejeição: Chave de Acesso difere da cadastrada Rejeição: NF-e não consta na base de dados da SEFAZ Rejeição: NF-e já esta cancelada na base de dados da SEFAZ Rejeição: Circulação da NF-e verificada Rejeição: NF-e autorizada há mais de 60 dias Rejeição: Confirmado o recebimento da NF-e pelo destinatário Rejeição: Protocolo de Autorização de Uso difere do cadastrado Rejeição: CNPJ do transmissor do lote difere do CNPJ do transmissor da consu Rejeição: A faixa inicial é maior que a faixa final Rejeição: Falha no Schema XML da NFe Rejeição: Código da UF do Emitente diverge da UF autorizadora Rejeição: Erro na Chave de Acesso .

Falha no Schema XML Rejeição: XML Mal Formado Rejeição: CNPJ do Certificado Digital difere do CNPJ da Matriz e do CNPJ do Emit Rejeição: CNPJ Emitente não cadastrado Rejeição: CNPJ Destinatário não cadastrado Rejeição: Sigla da UF do Emitente diverge da UF autorizadora Rejeição: UF do Recibo diverge da UF autorizadora Rejeição: UF da Chave de Acesso diverge da UF autorizadora Rejeição: UF diverge da UF autorizadora Rejeição: UF/Município destinatário não pertence a SUFRAMA © SAP AG Page 200 of 226 .Versão do arquivo XML não suportada Rejeição: Cancelamento/Inutilização .Versão do arquivo XML superior a Versão vigente Rejeição: Cabeçalho .SAP Best Practices Stat Code Lang. PT 235 EN PT 236 EN PT 237 EN PT 238 EN PT 239 EN PT 240 EN PT 241 EN PT 242 EN PT 243 EN PT 244 EN PT 245 EN PT 246 EN PT 247 EN PT 248 EN PT 249 EN PT 250 EN PT 251 EN PT Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Status Code Description Rejeição: IE do destinatário não vinculada ao CNPJ Rejeição: Inscrição SUFRAMA inválida Rejeição: Chave de Acesso com dígito verificador inválido Rejeição: CPF do destinatário inválido Rejeição: Cabeçalho .Irregularidade Fiscal do Emitente Rejeição: Um número da faixa já foi utilizado Rejeição: Cabeçalho .

EN PT 253 EN PT 254 EN PT 255 EN PT 256 EN PT 257 EN PT 258 EN PT 259 EN PT 260 EN PT 261 EN PT 262 EN PT 263 EN PT 264 EN PT 265 EN PT 266 EN PT 267 EN PT 268 EN Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Status Code Description Rejeição: Ambiente informado diverge do Ambiente de recebimento Rejeição: Digito Verificador da chave de acesso composta inválida Rejeição: NF-e referenciada não informada para NF-e complementar Rejeição: Informada mais de uma NF-e referenciada para NF-e complementar Rejeição: Uma NF-e da faixa já está inutilizada na Base de dados da SEFAZ Rejeição: Solicitante não habilitado para emissão da NF-e Rejeição: CNPJ da consulta inválido Rejeição: CNPJ da consulta não cadastrado como contribuinte na UF Rejeição: IE da consulta inválida Rejeição: IE da consulta não cadastrada como contribuinte na UF Rejeição: UF não fornece consulta por CPF Rejeição: CPF da consulta inválido Rejeição: CPF da consulta não cadastrado como contribuinte na UF Rejeição: Sigla da UF da consulta difere da UF do Web Service Rejeição: Série utilizada não permitida no Web Service Rejeição: NF Complementar referencia uma NF-e inexistente © SAP AG Page 201 of 226 .SAP Best Practices Stat Code 252 Lang.

PT 269 EN PT 270 EN PT 271 EN PT 272 EN PT 273 EN PT 274 EN PT 275 EN PT 276 EN PT 277 EN PT 278 EN PT 279 EN PT 280 EN PT 281 EN PT 282 EN PT 283 EN PT 284 EN PT Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Status Code Description Rejeição: NF Complementar referencia uma outra NF-e Complementar Rejeição: CNPJ Emitente da NF Complementar difere do CNPJ da NF Referenciada Rejeição: Código Município do Fato Gerador: dígito inválido Rejeição: Código Município do Fato Gerador: difere da UF do emitente Rejeição: Código Município do Emitente: dígito inválido Rejeição: Código Município do Emitente: difere da UF do emitente Rejeição: Código Município do Destinatário: dígito inválido Rejeição: Código Município do Destinatário: difere da UF do Destinatário Rejeição: Código Município do Local de Retirada: dígito inválido Rejeição: Código Município do Local de Retirada: difere da UF do Local de Retir.erro Cadeia de Certificação Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor revogado © SAP AG Page 202 of 226 . Rejeição: Código Município do Local de Entrega: dígito inválido Rejeição: Código Município do Local de Entrega: difere da UF do Local de Entrada Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor inválido Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor Data Validade Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor sem CNPJ Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor .SAP Best Practices Stat Code Lang.

Transporte: dígito inválido Rejeição: Código da UF informada diverge da UF solicitada Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura inválido Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura Data Validade Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura .ISSQN: dígito inválido Rejeição: Código Município do FG .erro Cadeia de Certificação Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura revogado Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura difere ICP-Brasil Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura erro no acesso a LCR Rejeição: Assinatura difere do calculado Rejeição: Assinatura difere do padrão do Projeto Rejeição: XML da área de cabeçalho com codificação diferente de UTF-8 Uso Denegado : Irregularidade fiscal do emitente Uso Denegado : Irregularidade fiscal do destinatário Rejeição: CPF do remetente inválido Rejeição: XML da área de dados com codificação diferente de UTF-8 © SAP AG Page 203 of 226 . EN PT 286 EN PT 287 EN PT 288 EN PT 289 EN PT 290 EN PT 291 EN PT 293 EN PT 294 EN PT 295 EN PT 296 EN PT 297 EN PT 298 EN PT 299 EN PT 301 EN PT 302 EN PT 401 EN PT 402 EN PT Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Status Code Description Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor difere ICP-Brasil Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor erro no acesso a LCR Rejeição: Código Município do FG .SAP Best Practices Stat Code 285 Lang.

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Status Code Description Rejeição: O grupo de informações da NF-e avulsa é de uso exclusivo do Fisco Rejeição: Uso de prefixo de namespace não permitido Rejeição: Código do país do emitente: dígito inválido Rejeição: Código do país do destinatário: dígito inválido Rejeição: O CPF só pode ser informado no campo emitente para a NF-e avulsa Rejeição: Erro ñ catalogado (inf.2. de erro capturado no tratamento exceção) 3. Choose Back (F3). 5. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: Field name Cancel Reason Description User action and alues 02 © SAP AG “ ” Comment Comment Page 204 of 226 . enter for the values shown below: Field name Cancel Reason Logistic Invoice Description Description User action and alues 01 01 Nota Fiscal Electronica Cancel. Save your entries. choose New Entries.14 Defining Cancellation Reasons Procedure 1. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components p General Application Functions p Nota fiscal p Electronic Notas Fiscaís (NF-e) p Define Cancellation Reasons Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Notas fiscais eletrônicas (NF-e) Definir motivos de estorno SPRO Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. 5. EN PT 404 EN PT 405 EN PT 406 EN PT 407 EN PT 999 EN PT 4. 3.SAP Best Practices Stat Code 403 Lang. Save your entries and return to the Change View ³NFe: Reason for Cancel/Skip´: Overview screen. msg. 4. On the Change View ³NFe: Reason for Cancel/Skip´: Overview screen.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) p Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) p Tax on Sales/Purchases p Basic Settings p Brazil p Define IPI Tax Situations Contabilidade financeira (nv. Save your entries. Choose Back.) contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Definir situação fiscal IPI SPRO Configurações Configs.2. 03 03 Nota Fiscal Electronica Cancel. 0 Lang EN PT 1 EN PT 2 EN PT 3 EN PT 4 EN PT 5 EN PT Description Incoming with IPI credit Entrada com recuperação de crédito Incoming with tax rate = zero Entrada tributada com alíquota zero Incoming exempt of IPI Entrada isenta Incoming not taxed by IPI Entrada não tributada Incoming .SAP Best Practices Field name Logistic Invoice Description Cancel Reason Logistic Invoice Description Cancel Reason Logistic Invoice Description Cancel Reason Logistic Invoice Description 6. 04 04 Nota Fiscal Electronica Cancel. On the Change View ³Tax situation IPI´ Overview screen.IPI immune Entrada imune Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) Entrada com suspensão © SAP AG • Comment Page 205 of 226 . Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues 02 Nota Fiscal Electronica Cancel. enter the values shown below: Tax sit.globais globais Brasil Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. 3. choose New Entries. 7. 3. 05 05 Nota Fiscal Electronica Cancel. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen.15 Defining IPI Tax Situations Procedure 1.

enter the values shown below: Tax sit. alíq. 5.vend X Aliq. 01 Lang EN PT 02 EN PT 03 EN PT 04 EN Description Tax due (tax base is NF total / normal tax rate / cumulative Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. 49 Lang EN PT 50 EN PT 51 EN PT 52 EN PT 53 EN PT 54 EN PT 55 EN PT 99 EN PT 4.) contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Definir situações fiscais PIS SPRO Configurações Configs.SAP Best Practices Tax sit.2.globais globais Brasil Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. Save your entries. choose New Entries. On the Change View ³Tax situation PIS´ Overview screen.) Tax due (Monofásico / tax rate is zero) © SAP AG Page 206 of 226 .16 Defining PIS Tax Situations Procedure 1.(aliq. Choose Back. Un. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) p Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) p Tax on Sales/Purchases p Basic Settings p Brazil p Define PIS Tax Situations Contabilidade financeira (nv. Prod.normal (cumula Tax due (tax base is NF total / special tax rate) Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. 3. Description Other incomings Outras entradas Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Outgoing taxed by IPI Saída tributada Outgoing IPI tax rate = zero Saída tributada com alíquota zero Outgoing exempt of IPI Saída isenta Outgoing IPI not taxed Saída não tributada Outgoin .diferenciada)) Tax due (tax base is quantity sold x rate per product unit) Operação Tributável (base cálc=quant.IPI immune Saída imune Outgoing IPI suspension Saída com suspensão Other outgoings Outras saídas 3.

) contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Definir situações fiscais COFINS SPRO Configurações Configs.SAP Best Practices Tax sit. Un.(aliq.2.vend X Aliq. Choose Save. 5.) Tax due (Monofásico / tax rate is zero) Operação Tributável (tributação monofásica (alíquota zero)) No description exists © SAP AG Page 207 of 226 . On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen.17 Defining COFINS Tax Situations Procedure 1. 3. Prod. choose New Entries. alíq. enter the values shown below: Tax sit. Lang PT 05 EN PT 06 EN PT 07 EN PT 08 EN PT 09 EN PT 99 EN PT 4.diferenciada)) Tax due (tax base is quantity sold x rate per product unit) Operação Tributável (base cálc=quant. On the Change View ³Tax situation COFINS´ Overview screen. 01 Lang EN PT 02 EN PT 03 EN PT 04 EN PT 05 EN Description Tax due (tax base is NF total / normal tax rate / cumulative Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) p Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) p Tax on Sales/Purchases p Basic Settings p Brazil p Define COFINS Tax Situations Contabilidade financeira (nv.normal (cumula Tax due (tax base is NF total / special tax rate) Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. Choose Back. Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Operação Tributável (tributação monofásica (alíquota zero)) No description exists Sem descrições Tax due (tax rate is zero) Operação Tributável (alíquota zero) Tax exempt Operação Isenta da Contribuição Tax not due Operação Sem Incidência da Contribuição Tax suspension Operação com Suspensão da Contribuição Others Outras saídas 3.globais globais Brasil Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.

18 Defining IPI Tax Laws Procedure 1. 3. IPI Ou LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Texts i.globais — SAP est Practices Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide ™  – globais Brasil Comment Page 208 of 226 ˜ . SAP AG ž Description ser action and values › Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira nv. enter the values shown below: IPI law I00 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit.Incoming with IPI credit 50 . 00-Incoming with IPI credit 111111 i. 00-Incoming with IPI credit 3333333333 i. choose New Entries. Save your entries.e. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Transaction Code SPRO 2.Tax sit. Lang PT Description Sem descrições Tax due tax rate is ero) Operação Tributável alíquota ero) Tax exempt Operação Isenta da Contribuição Tax not due Operação Sem Incidência da Contribuição Tax suspension Operação com Suspensão da Contribuição Others Outras Operações 07 EN PT 08 EN PT 09 EN PT 99 EN PT 4. 3.e.e. 00-Incoming with IPI credit 2222222 i. to be sure what is the right test.e.Outgoing taxed by IPI On the LAW tab tests you will insert the tests to be appear on the Nota Fiscal Electronica. 00-Incoming with IPI credit 444444444444 Description Incoming with IPI credit Entrada com recuperação de crédito \ Saída Tributada 0 . IPI In Tax Sit. you must ask your finance department. On the Change View Tax Law IPI´ Overview screen. .) contabilidade financeira novo) IVA Definir lei fiscal IPI œ š IMG Menu Financial Accounting New) p Financial Accounting Global Settings New) p Tax on Sales/Purchases p Basic Settings p Brazil p Define IPI Tax Laws — PT ™ š — 06 EN Configurações Configs. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen.

e. 01-Incoming with tax rate = zero 51 -1 i.e. 7.e. Save your entries.e.Outgoing exempt of IPI Texts i. IPI In Tax Sit.e.Incoming with tax rate= zero 51 . 02-Incoming exempt of IPI 52 -1 i. 01-Incoming with tax rate = zero 51 -4 Description Incoming with tax rate = zero Entrada \ Saída tributada com alíquota zero Description User action and alues 1 .e.e. Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 5. 02-Incoming exempt of IPI 52 -2 i. 9.SAP Best Practices 4. 01-Incoming with tax rate = zero 51 -3 i. 01-Incoming with tax rate = zero 51 -2 i. IPI Ou LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 6.Incoming exempt of IPI 52 . IPI Ou LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 8. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: IPI law I02 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit.Outgoing IPI tax rate= zero © SAP AG Ÿ Ÿ Comment Comment Page 209 of 226 . Save your entries.e. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: IPI law I03 Lang EN PT Description Incoming not taxed by IPI Entrada \ Saída não tributada Texts i. IPI In Tax Sit. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: IPI law I01 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. 02-Incoming exempt of IPI 52 -3 i. Save your entries. 02-Incoming exempt of IPI 52 -4 Description Incoming exempt of IPI Entrada \ Saída isenta Description User action and alues 2 .

04-Incoming . 03-Incoming not taxed by IPI 53 -3 i.IPI immune 54 -4 Description Incoming . 05 .IPI immune 54 -2 i.IPI immune Entrada \ Saída imune Description User action and alues 4 .e.e.e.IPI immune 54 .Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) 55 -1 i.e. IPI Ou LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 10.Incoming . Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: IPI law I04 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. 04-Incoming . IPI Ou LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 12.Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) 55 -2 i. 03-Incoming not taxed by IPI 53 -1 i.e. Save your entries. 03-Incoming not taxed by IPI 53 -2 i.IPI immune 54 -3 i.e.IPI immune © SAP AG       Comment Comment Comment Page 210 of 226 .Outgoing IPI not taxed i. IPI Ou LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 14. 05 .e.e.Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) 55 -3 i.IPI immune 54 -1 i. IPI In Tax Sit.Incoming not taxed by IPI 53 . Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: IPI law I05 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. 03-Incoming not taxed by IPI 53 -4 11.Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) 55 . 04-Incoming . Save your entries.SAP Best Practices Field name Tax Sit.Outgoing IPI suspension Texts i.e. IPI In Tax Sit. Save your entries. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: Texts i. 05 .Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) 55 -4 Description Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) Entrada \ Saída com suspensão Description User action and alues 5 . IPI In Tax Sit.e. 05 . Texts Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues 3 .Outgoin .e.e. 04-Incoming . 15. 13.

2. IPI In Tax Sit.Other incomings 99 -Other outgoings i.line 2 ========= i.globais globais Brasil Menu IMG Transaction Code 2.line 4 ========= 3. alíq. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. PIS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 4. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) p Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) p Tax on Sales/Purchases p Basic Settings p Brazil p Define PIS Tax Laws Contabilidade financeira (nv. b49 . b49 .e. 49-Other incomings i. Texts Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Other incomings Outras Entradas \ Saídas Description User action and alues 49 . IPI Ou LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 16.normal (cumula Description User action and alues 01 © SAP AG ¡ ¢ Comment Comment Page 211 of 226 . Save your entries.e.e. 17.) contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Definir convenções fiscais PIS SPRO Configurações Configs. select the option New Entries. Save your entries. Choose Back. enter the values shown below: PIS law P01 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit.line 3 ========= i. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: Texts Description Tax Due (base amount = total value of normal tax rate) = 01 Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. 3.19 Defining PIS Tax Laws Procedure 1. b49 . 5.SAP Best Practices IPI law I49 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. On the Change View ³Tax Law PIS´ Overview screen.e.

) Description User action and alues 03 © SAP AG £ £ £ Comment Comment Comment Page 212 of 226 . 9. Prod. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law P04 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit.SAP Best Practices PIS law P02 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law P03 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. Save your entries. PIS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 6. Un.vend X Aliq. PIS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 8. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law P05 Lang EN Description No description exists Texts Description Tax Due (monophasic situation (tax rate = zero) = 04 Operação Tributável (tributação monofásica (alíquota zero)) Description User action and alues 04 Texts Description Tax Due (base amount = sale qty x tax rate per base uni = 03 Operação Tributável (base cálc=quant. Texts Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Tax Due (base amount = total value (dif tax rate) = 02 Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. 11. Save your entries. Save your entries.diferenciada)) Description User action and alues 02 7.(aliq. PIS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 10.

PIS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 16. Texts Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sem descrições Description User action and alues 05 13. Save your entries. 17. 15. PIS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 14. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law P08 Lang EN PT Description No Tax (no Incidence) = 08 Operação Sem Incidência da Contribuição Texts Description No Tax = 07 Operação Isenta da Contribuição Description User action and alues 07 Texts Description Tax Due (tax rate zero) = 06 Operação Tributável (alíquota zero) Description User action and alues 06 © SAP AG ¤ ¤ ¤ Comment Comment Comment Page 213 of 226 .SAP Best Practices PT Field name Tax Sit. Save your entries. PIS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 12. Save your entries. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law P07 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law P06 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit.

2.SAP Best Practices Field name Tax Sit. Save your entries. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law P99 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. Choose Back. 23. 21. PIS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 18. PIS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 20. Save your entries. Texts Description Others = 99 Outras Operações Description User action and alues 99 Texts Description No Tax (suspension) = 09 Operação com Suspensão da Contribuição Description User action and alues 09 3.20 Defining COFINS Tax Laws Procedure © SAP AG ¥ ¥ ¥ Comment Comment Comment Page 214 of 226 . Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law P09 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. Texts Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues 08 19. PIS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 22. Save your entries.

On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. 5.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 1.diferenciada)) Description User action and alues 02 Texts Description Tax Due (base amount = total value of normal tax rate) = 01 Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. 7. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) p Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) p Tax on Sales/Purchases p Basic Settings p Brazil p Define PIS Tax Laws Contabilidade financeira (nv. Prod.) Texts Description Tax Due (base amount = total value (dif tax rate)) = 02 Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. COFINS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 6. Un.globais globais Brasil Menu IMG Transaction Code 2. select the option New Entries. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law C02 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit.normal (cumula Description User action and alues 01 © SAP AG ¦ ¦ Comment Comment Page 215 of 226 . Save your entries.) contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Definir convenções fiscais PIS SPRO Configurações Configs. COFINS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 4. Save your entries. 3. alíq. On the Change View ³Tax Law COFINS´ Overview screen.(aliq. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law C03 Lang EN PT Description Tax Due (base amount = sale qty x tax rate per base unit =03 Operação Tributável (base cálc=quant. enter the values shown below: COFINS law C01 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit.vend X Aliq.

13. Save your entries. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law C04 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. Save your entries. Texts Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues 03 9. COFINS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 10.SAP Best Practices Field name Tax Sit. 11. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law C05 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. COFINS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 12. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law C06 Lang EN PT Description Tax Due (tax rate zero) = 06 Operação Tributável (alíquota zero) Texts Description No description exists 05 Sem descrições Description User action and alues 05 Texts Description Tax Due (monophasic situation (tax rate = zero)) = 04 Operação Tributável (tributação monofásica (alíquota zero)) Description User action and alues 04 © SAP AG § § § Comment Comment Comment Page 216 of 226 . COFINS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 8. Save your entries.

Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law C07 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law C08 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law C09 Lang EN PT Description No Tax (suspension) Operação com Suspensão da Contribuição Texts Description No Tax (no Incidence) = 08 Operação Sem Incidência da Contribuição Description User action and alues 08 Texts Description No Tax = 07 Operação Isenta da Contribuição Description User action and alues 07 © SAP AG ¨ ¨ ¨ Comment Comment Comment Page 217 of 226 . 19.SAP Best Practices Field name Tax Sit. 17. Save your entries. Save your entries. Texts Description Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues 06 15. COFINS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 14. COFINS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 16. Save your entries. COFINS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 18.

SAP Best Practices Field name Tax Sit. COFINS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 20. Save your entries. Texts Description

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide User action and alues 09

21. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law C99 Lang EN PT Field name Tax Sit. COFINS LAW tab Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 22. Choose Save. 23. Choose Back. Texts Description Others = 99 Outras Operações Description User action and alues 99

3.2.21

Maintain Tax Law PIS/COFINS

Procedure
2. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Basic Settings (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Calculation Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Define FI/MM Tax Codes Contabilidade financeira (novo) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Definir código de imposto FI/MM SPRO

Menu IMG Transaction Code

3. On the Determine Work Area:Entry screen, entry the value TAXBRA. 4. On the Change View ³ MaintainTax Codes´: Overview make the following entries:

© SAP AG

© ©

Comment

Comment

Page 218 of 226

SAP Best Practices
Tax Code A0 A1 A3 C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I9 S0 SD SE SI SZ Y1 Y3 Z1 Z3 Description Out. Indust.: ICMS Out. Indust.: ICMS Out. Indust.: ICMS + IPI In. Cons.: No tax In. Cons.: ICMS + CompICMS

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide
COFINS Law C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C07 C01 C01 C01 C01 Usage P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P07 P01 P01 P01 P01

In. Consumption: ICMS + CompICMS + S.T. In. Cons.: ICMS + CompICMS + IPI In. Cons.: ICMS + CompICMS + S.T. + IPI In. Cons.: IPI In. Indust.: No tax In. Indust.: ICMS In. Indust.: ICMS + S.T. In. Indust.: ICMS + IPI In. Indust.: ICMS + S.T. + IPI In. Indust.: IPI In. Indust.: ICMS + IPI: Reselling In. Indust.: ICMS + S.T. + IPI: Reselling In. ISS Output SD tax: No tax Output SD tax: ICMS/IPI/Sub.Trib. Output SD: Tax exempt transactions Output SD tax: ISS Output SD tax: ICMS Zona Franca Industrialization: Only ICMS-PIS/COFINS deductible Industrialization: ICMS/IPI/PIS/COFINS deductible Industrialization: ICMS-PIS/COFINS non deductible Industrialization: ICMS/IPI/PIS/COFINS deduct

3.2.22

Maintain Tax Law PIS/COFINS SD

Procedure
2. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Billing Billing Documents Country-specific Features Country-specific Features for Brazil Maintain Sales Document Item Category

© SAP AG

Page 219 of 226

SAP Best Practices

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Vendas e distribuição Faturamento Documentos de faturamento Características especiais do país Propriedades específicas de país ± Brasil Atualizar ctg.item doc.vendas SPRO

IMG Menu Transaction Code 3. Enter the following data: Sales Doc Type

Item category

COFINS Law

PIS Law

CRB CRB DRB DRB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB ORB REB REB REB REB ROB ROB ROB ROB VDOR VDOR VDOR

G2N G2W L2N L2W TANN TAPS TBB TBD TBLL TBN TBX YBAB YBTC LBNL RBB RBN RENN LBNL RBB RBN RENN TBS YB1 YB2

C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01 C01

P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01 P01

3.2.23

Defining Screen Control Groups

Procedure

© SAP AG

Page 220 of 226

SAP Best Practices

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide

1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code n/a n/a SM30

2. On the Maintain Tables Views: Initial screen on field Table/View, insert the table J_1BAMV. 3. Choose Maintain, if an information pop-up appears, choose Enter to confirm. 4. Mark the Screen Control reference number 5 (five) and choose Copy as« .

5. On the Change View ³Screen control groups´: Details of Selected Set screen, mark the field 4 Nota Fiscal Number as Optional. 6. Describe the new description for this Screen Control reference i.e. Z1 - Create incoming NF manually. 7. Choose Save. 8. Choose Back. 9. Choose the Screen Control reference number 3 (trhee) with double-click. 10. On field 79 marks as Optional. 11. Choose Save. 12. Choose Back. 13. Choose the Screen Control reference number 8 (eight) with double-click. 14. On field 79 marks as Optional. 15. Choose Save. 16. Choose Back. 17. Mark the Screen Control reference number 9 (nine) and choose Copy as« .

18. On the Change View ³Screen control groups´: Details of Selected Set screen, mark the field 4 Nota Fiscal Number as Optional. 19. Describe the new description for this Screen Control reference i.e. Z2 - Change incoming NF-e manually. 20. On field 79 marks as Optional. 21. Choose Save. 22. Choose Back. 23. Mark the Screen Control reference number 10 (ten) and choose Copy as« .

24. On the Change View ³Screen control groups´: Details of Selected Set screen, mark the field 4 Nota Fiscal Number as Optional. Describe the new description for this Screen Control reference i.e. Z3 - Create incoming NF-e automatically. 25. On field 79 marks as Optional. 26. Choose Save. © SAP AG Page 221 of 226

SAP Best Practices 27. Choose Back.

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide

28. Mark the Screen Control reference number 8 (eight) and choose Copy as«

.

29. On the Change View ³Screen control groups´: Details of Selected Set screen, mark the field 4 Nota Fiscal Number as Optional. 30. Describe the new description for this Screen Control reference i.e. Z4 - Change incoming NF-e automatically. 31. On field 79 marks as Optional. 32. Choose Save. 33. Choose Back.

3.2.24

Assigning Screen Control Group

Procedure
1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components p General Application Functions p Nota fiscal p Maintenance p Screen Control Group Assignment Componentes válidos para várias aplicações Funções gerais de aplicação Nota fiscal Atualização Atribuição de grupo de controle de tela SPRO

Menu IMG

Transaction Code

2. On the Change View ³Screen Control for Group Assignment´ Overview screen, select every NF Type and choose Copy As« From NF Type N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 A2 E1 E4 G1 G4 R1 R4 X2 A1 3. Choose Save. To NF Type i.e. ZA i.e. ZB i.e. ZC i.e. ZD i.e. ZE i.e. ZF i.e. YA i.e. YB i.e. YC i.e. YD i.e. YE i.e. YF i.e. YG i.e. YH

© SAP AG

Page 222 of 226

SAP Best Practices

Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide

4. Insert the new screen control reference Z2 to NF Type YA create with the field ³Manual´ empty. 5. Insert the new screen control reference Z1 to NF Type YA create with the field ³Manual´ selected. 6. Insert the new screen control reference Z3 to NF Type YE create. 7. Insert the new screen control reference Z4 to NF Type YE change. 8. Choose Save. 9. Choose Back.

3.2.25

CBT: Mapping of SubTrip Base Reduction

5.2.25.1 Create New Conditions for MM and SD Procedure
1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) p Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) p Tax on Sales/Purchases p Calculation p Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil p Access Tax Manager's Workplace Contabilidade financeira (nv.) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Chamar Tax Administration Tool J1BTAX

Menu IMG

Transaction Code

2. On the Tax Manager¶s Workplace Brazil screen, choose top menu Condition setup Condition types Condition Types MM. 3. On the Change View ³Conditions: Condition Types´: Overview screen, mark the condition type BX44 and choose Copy As.. Copy BX44 to BX45 ± Short text: BRSubTrib NF Basred1 Copy BX45 to BX46 ± Short text: BRSubTrib NF Basred2 4. Choose Save. 5. Choose Back. 6. Execute the steps 2 to 5 with Condition Types SD.

5.2.25.2 Maintain Calculation Procedure TAXBRA / YVABRA Procedure
1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) p Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) p Tax on Sales/Purchases p Calculation p Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil p Access Tax Manager's Workplace Contabilidade financeira (nv.) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Chamar Tax Administration Tool

Menu IMG

© SAP AG

Page 223 of 226

Transaction Code

J1BTAX

2. On the Tax Manager¶s orkplace Brazil screen, choose top menu Condition setup Condition types Calc. Procedures Calc. Procedures MM. 3. On the Change View Procedures´: Overview screen, select the procedure TAXBRA and select with double-click Control Data on left side of screen. 4. On the Change View Control Data´: Overview screen, create a new condition BX45 as copy from step BX44, and another condition BX4 as copy from step BX45. 5. Repeat the same steps for SD calculation with procedure YVABRA. If you have just one step available, you can use the same step number, i.e.645, and use counter field to put in sequence, i.e. step: 645 cou nter: 0 for BX45 an step: 645 counter: 1 for BX46. 6. Choose Save. 7. Choose Back.

5. . 5.3 Create New Internal Codes
1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

Transaction Code

J1BTAX

2. On the Tax Manager¶s orkplace Brazil screen, choose top menu Condition setup Condition types Condition Mapping Internal Codes. 3. On the Change View Internal Codes for Tax Conditions´: Overview screen, choose New Entries. 4. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, make the following values below: Internal TC Code NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED1 NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED2 5. Choose Save. 6. Choose Back. Description Federal base reduction Rate for Subtrib State base reduction Rate for Subtrib

5. . 5.4 Assing Internal Codes to Conditions
1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

SAP AG

¸

Menu IMG

Contabilidade financeira nv.) contabilidade financeira novo) IVA

¹

IMG Menu

Financial Accounting New) p Financial Accounting Global Settings New) p Tax on Sales/Purchases p Calculation p Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil p Access Tax Manager's orkplace

²

Menu IMG

Contabilidade financeira nv.) Configurações globais contabilidade financeira novo) IVA Cálculo Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil Chamar Tax Administration Tool

³

°

IMG Menu

Financial Accounting New) p Financial Accounting Global Settings New) p Tax on Sales/Purchases p Calculation p Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil p Access Tax Manager's orkplace

Configurações globais Cálculo Opções para

«

SAP est Practices

Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide

¯

°

­

´

±

·

®

®

µ

ª

Page 224 of 226

¬

On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen. Pl. 6. choose New Entries. 3. 3. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Menu IMG Transaction Code N/A N/A J1BNFE 2. choose New Entries. On the Change view ³NF-e: Contingency for Business Places´: Overview screen.27 Assigning Postal Codes to Tax Jurisdiction Codes Procedure To customize this step you must use the document Assigning Postal Codes to Tax Jurisdiction Codes.doc 3. 4. as follow picture: © SAP AG Page 225 of 226 . go to the top menu Contingency Contingency: Bus. 4.SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide cálculo de impostos no Brasil Chamar Tax Administration Tool Transaction Code J1BTAX 2. On the NF-e Monitor screen.doc 3. choose top menu Condition setup Condition types Condition Mapping Assing Conditions to Internal Codes. On the Tax Manager¶s Workplace Brazil screen.2.2.2. On the Change View ³Map Internal Codes for Tax Conditions to Condition Types´ screen.28 Contingency Rules for Plant Procedure 1. Choose Back.26 Defining Tax Jurisdiction Codes Procedure To customize this step you must use the document Defining Tax Jurisdiction Codes. Application TX V TX V Condition Type BX45 BX45 BX46 BX46 3. Choose Save. There are four possible ways to put the Business Place under contingency. make the following values below: Internal TC Code NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED1 NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED1 NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED2 NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED2 5.

Deleting of other settings happens at your own risk. the system will create all NF-e until the user unflagging it. Never delete any of these settings. you must atribute those rules.Example 1000: The system try to conect to Messaging System if there is no answer then the system flag the first row MS Down and then NF-e will be created with field Conting marked with X and the next will be created without if the Messaging System working. List_with_used_S t ndard&BP_Custo SAP AG ¾ Á ½ » SAP est Practices Sales and Distribution 105): Configuration Guide ½ À ¿ ¿ º Â Page 226 of 226 ¼ . That rules must be created for every plant. Example 1002: When the user flag the first row. The attached Excel File provides an overview of the most importantSD customi i ng settings used in SAP Best Practices. if you create a new plant. Example 1003: All NF-e will be created. Example 1001: The system try to conect to Messaging System if there is no answer then the system flag the first row MS Down and then NF-e will be created with field Conting marked with X until the user unflagging the field on the first row. but will not send to SEFA and will stay on NF-e Monitor until the user sends them. 6 Appendix Deletion of standard customi ing: We do not recommend the deletion of standard customi ing for example Order Types). Will be printed only when has a SEFA authori ation.

You're Reading a Free Preview

Download
scribd
/*********** DO NOT ALTER ANYTHING BELOW THIS LINE ! ************/ var s_code=s.t();if(s_code)document.write(s_code)//-->